FISHING SERVICES
Alphabetical Index
Product
Number Description Page
150-55 Anchor, Bottom Trip ................................................................... 36
142-10 Backoff Tool, Casing .................................................................. 15
140-13 Backoff Tool, Timmons .............................................................. 16
330-66 Bar, Deployment ...................................................................... 105
130-16 Basket, Boot .............................................................................. 25
130-16 Basket, Thru-Tubing Boot .......................................................... 95
130-51 Basket, Venturi Jet ..................................................................... 95
130-97 Basket, Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk ............................. 28
130-22 Basket, Globe Type Junk ........................................................... 26
130-73 Basket, Hydraulic Junk .............................................................. 27
130-21 Basket, Internal Boot ................................................................. 29
130-19 Basket, Washpipe Boot ............................................................. 25
— Bowen Equipment ............................................................ 108-110
130-96 Bushing, Jet ............................................................................... 29
183-56 Bushing, Kelly Drive ................................................................... 81
182-56 Bushing, Pipe Drive ................................................................... 81
142-11 Bushing, Tieback Alignment ...................................................... 16
154-64 Bushing, Trahan Collapsible Drive ............................................. 81
132-20/21 Centralizer, Hydraulic and Hydraulic Drilling ........................... 102
132-24 Centralizer, Mechanical Bow Spring ........................................ 102
131-23 Circulating Tool, “M” ™ Reverse .................................................. 30
132-00 Connector, Coiled Tubing .......................................................... 84
— Container, Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools ...................................... 107
170-03 Cutter, Hydraulic Tubing ............................................................ 97
170-03 Cutter, Inside Hydraulic ................................................................ 8
170-12 Cutter, Inside Mechanical ............................................................ 7
170-08 Cutter, Multi-String ....................................................................... 6
171-13 Cutter, Outside Shear Pin ............................................................ 9
170-13/14 Cutter, Standard and Washover Outside .................................... 9
170-26 Cutter, Wireline .......................................................................... 60
132-11 Disconnect, “FAU” ™ Safety Hydraulic ........................................ 86
132-13 Disconnect, High Load ............................................................... 87
132-12 Disconnect, “JD”™ Safety Hydraulic ............................................ 86
132-14 Disconnect, Torque Thru-Pull .................................................... 87
151-24 Dog Leg Reamer ....................................................................... 22
— Fishing Technology Testing Center ............................................. 5
— Houston Engineering Equipment ...................................... 111-113
132-60 Indexing Tool, Hydraulic ............................................................ 98
— Insert, METAL MUNCHER ® Carbide ......................................... 23
112-07 Insert, Wilson Mouse Trap ......................................................... 60
185-56 Jack System, Casing ................................................................. 80
140-24 Joint, Circulation Control ............................................................ 76
150-25 Joint, Drilling Safety ................................................................... 69
140-41/37 Joint , “J ”™ Type Safety with Pack-Off ....................................... 46
132-30/31 Joint, Single and Dual Knuckle ............................................... 103
140-38 Joint, Washover Backoff Safety ................................................ 46
141-33 Joint, Wilson Type “M” ™ J- ....................................................... 65
150-30/29 Key Seat Wiper, Double and Single Clutch ............................... 21
132-25 Locator, Nipple Profile .............................................................. 103
150-79/95 LOCKOMATIC ® Expanding Hole Opener & Section Mill .... 40-41
150-98 Mill, Expanding Hydraulic ........................................................... 17
151-20 Mill, Hollow, Container and Insert .............................................. 57
151-02 Mill, METAL MUNCHER ® Junk .................................................. 24
140-71 Mill, METAL MUNCHER ® Packer .............................................. 24
151-21 Mill, METAL MUNCHER ® Pilot .................................................. 23
150-72 Mill, TRI-STATE ™ Model “D”™ Section ....................................... 39
151-06 Mill, SUPERLOY ® Junk ............................................................. 20
151-10 Mill, SUPERLOY ® Taper ............................................................ 20
151-06 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER® Junk ............................. 94
151-13 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER® Step ............................. 94
151-09 Mills, String and Watermelon ..................................................... 21
132-80/81 Motor, Navi-Drill High Torque Mud/Air ...................................... 93
111-07 Overshot, Bulldog ...................................................................... 56
133-32 Overshot, Continuous ................................................................ 91
133-31/30 Overshot, Hydraulic Releasing .................................................. 90
110-06 Overshot, Kelo ........................................................................... 56
116-07 Overshot, Rolling Dog ................................................................ 55
133-34 Overshot, Snipper ...................................................................... 92
Product
Number Description Page
114-07 Overshot, T-Dog ........................................................................ 54
120-15/121-15 Pack-Off Assembly, Casing and Tubing Spear ................... 53
110-59 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 58
133-33 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 91
141-36 Packer Retriever, Shear Type .................................................... 64
141-32 Packer Retriever, TRI-STATE ™ “B” ™ ......................................... 66
140-31 Packer Retrieving Spear ............................................................ 62
747-51 Packer Retrieving Spear, “CJ-1” ™ .............................................. 63
140-66 Packer Retrieving Spear, Hydraulic ........................................... 61
160-23 Patch, Dual Catch Casing .......................................................... 14
164-20 Patch, Lead Seal Cementing ..................................................... 14
162-20/163-20 Patch, Regular and Slim Series Lead Seal Casing ......... 12-13
161-20/160-78 Patch, Rubber Seal Casing and Underwater Casing ........... 11
160-21 Patch, Underwater Lead Seal Casing ................................... 12-13
161-25 Patch, “ZX”™ High Pressure Casing ........................................... 10
140-27 Pulling Tool, Wilson Hydraulic .................................................... 67
140-52 ResonanceTool ......................................................................... 78
141-10 Reversing Tool, Hydraulic .......................................................... 68
161-05 Scraper, TRI-STATE™ 360° Clean Bore Casing ......................... 18
811-98 Shifting Tool, “HB-3” Selective Shifting .................................... 104
150-10 Shoe, METAL MUNCHER ® Rotary ............................................ 45
150-08/11 Shoes, SUPERLOY ® Rotary ................................................. 44-45
170-70 Space-Out Sub Assembly, Ring Type ........................................ 73
120-28/122-29 Spear, Center Prong Rope and Crank Shaft Rope ............. 59
133-10/11 Spear, Hydraulic Releasing “GS” ™ ............................................ 89
127-10 Spear, “L”™ Casing .................................................................... 51
122-28 Spear, Latch Jack ...................................................................... 60
126-09 Spear, TRI-STATE™ “B” ™ Casing and Tubing ....................... 48-49
126-10 Spear, TRI-STATE™ “C” ™ Casing .............................................. 50
120-09 Spear, TRI-STATE ™ “D” ™ Casing and Tubing ...................... 48-49
121-09 Spear, TRI-STATE ™ “E” ™ Casing .............................................. 51
122-13 Spear, TRI-STATE™ “E”™ Cut and Pull Casing .......................... 52
140-14 Spear, TRI-STATE ™ Washover Drill Collar ................................ 47
122-14 Spear, Wellhead Cut & Pull ....................................................... 52
172-30 Stabilizer, Hydraulic ................................................................... 74
171-30 Stabilizer, Sleeve Type Non-Rotating ........................................ 75
171-30 Stabilizer, Thru-Tubing Sleeve Type ........................................ 102
170-30 Stabilizer, Variable Blade ........................................................... 75
811-28 Stroker, Power ......................................................................... 104
120-60 Sub, Locking Pin ........................................................................ 72
140-61 Sub, Pump-Out .......................................................................... 77
132-64/65 Sub, Standard and Lockable Swivel ........................................ 105
— SUPERLOY ® Tungsten Carbide Hardfacing,TRI-STATE™ ........ 19
162-01 Swivel, Backoff .......................................................................... 72
170-01 Swivel Marine ............................................................................ 73
110-99/121-00 Tap, Box and Taper ........................................................... 70
121-01 Tap, Hollow Pin ......................................................................... 71
121-01 Tap, Pin ..................................................................................... 71
— Thru-Tubing Service ............................................................. 82-83
— Tongs, Hydratight .................................................................... 107
150-97 Underreamer, “DB” ™ .................................................................. 96
132-52 Underreamer, Two-Bladed ......................................................... 96
200-79 Valve Changer System, Geothermal .......................................... 79
132-18 Valve, Dual Actuated Circulating ................................................ 88
132-04 Valve, Dual Flapper Back Pressure ........................................... 85
132-66 Wash Tool, Spinning ................................................................ 106
— Washpipe, N-80 w/W.P. Hydril Connections .............................. 43
156-60 Washpipe Specification Guide ................................................... 42
150-43 Whipstock, “CT” System ............................................................ 99
150-76/50 Whipstock, Mechanical Thru-Tubing Permanent & Retrievable 100-101
783-62/58 Whipstock Packer, “ML” ™ and “ML” Orientation Anchor ........................ 38
415-18 Whipstock Packer, One Trip Hydraulic Set (Annular Set) .......... 35
150-64 Whipstock, Rolling Dog Retrieving Overshot ............................. 37
150-68 Whipstock System, Cemented ................................................... 33
150-74 Whipstock System, Eastman Style ............................................ 32
415-18 TorqueMaster™ Whipstock Packer ............................................. 34
150-77 WindowMaster ™ System ............................................................ 31
3
 FISHING SERVICES
Product Number Index
Product
Number Description Page
110-06 Overshot, Kelo ........................................................................... 56
110-59 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 58
110-99/121-00 Tap, Box and Taper ........................................................... 70
111-07 Overshot, Bulldog ...................................................................... 56
112-07 Insert, Wilson Mouse Trap ......................................................... 60
114-07 Overshot, T-Dog ........................................................................ 54
116-07 Overshot, Rolling Dog ................................................................ 55
120-09 Spear, TRI-STATE ™ “D” ™ Casing and Tubing ...................... 48-49
120-15/121-15 Pack-Off Assembly, Casing and Tubing Spear ................... 53
120-28/122-29 Spear, Center Prong Rope and Crank Shaft Rope ............. 59
120-60 Sub, Locking Pin ........................................................................ 72
121-01 Tap, Hollow Pin ......................................................................... 71
121-01 Tap, Pin ..................................................................................... 71
121-09 Spear, TRI-STATE ™ “E” ™ Casing .............................................. 51
122-13 Spear, TRI-STATE™ “E”™ Cut and Pull Casing .......................... 52
122-14 Spear, Wellhead Cut & Pull ....................................................... 52
122-28 Spear, Latch Jack ...................................................................... 60
126-09 Spear, TRI-STATE™ “B” ™ Casing and Tubing ....................... 48-49
126-10 Spear, TRI-STATE™ “C” ™ Casing .............................................. 50
127-10 Spear, “L”™ Casing .................................................................... 51
130-16 Basket, Boot .............................................................................. 25
130-16 Basket, Thru-Tubing Boot .......................................................... 95
130-19 Basket, Washpipe Boot ............................................................. 25
130-21 Basket, Internal Boot ................................................................. 29
130-22 Basket, Globe Type Junk ........................................................... 26
130-51 Basket, Venturi Jet ..................................................................... 95
130-73 Basket, Hydraulic Junk .............................................................. 27
130-96 Bushing, Jet ............................................................................... 29
130-97 Basket, Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk ............................. 28
131-23 Circulating Tool, “M” ™ Reverse .................................................. 30
132-00 Connector, Coiled Tubing .......................................................... 84
132-04 Valve, Dual Flapper Back Pressure ........................................... 85
132-11 Disconnect, “FAU” ™ Safety Hydraulic ........................................ 86
132-12 Disconnect, “JD”™ Safety Hydraulic ............................................ 86
132-13 Disconnect, High Load ............................................................... 87
132-14 Disconnect, Torque Thru-Pull .................................................... 87
132-18 Valve, Dual Actuated Circulating ................................................ 88
132-20/21 Centralizer, Hydraulic and Hydraulic Drilling ........................... 102
132-24 Centralizer, Mechanical Bow Spring ........................................ 102
132-25 Locator, Nipple Profile .............................................................. 103
132-30/31 Joint, Single and Dual Knuckle ............................................... 103
132-52 Underreamer, Two-Bladed ......................................................... 96
132-60 Indexing Tool, Hydraulic ............................................................ 98
132-64/65 Sub, Standard and Lockable Swivel ....................................... 105
132-66 Wash Tool, Spinning ................................................................ 106
132-80/81 Motor, Navi-Drill High Torque Mud/Air ...................................... 93
133-10/11 Spear, Hydraulic Releasing “GS” ™ ............................................ 89
133-31/30 Overshot, Hydraulic Releasing .................................................. 90
133-32 Overshot, Continuous ................................................................ 91
133-33 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 91
133-34 Overshot, Snipper ...................................................................... 92
140-13 Backoff Tool, Timmons .............................................................. 16
140-14 Spear, TRI-STATE ™ Washover Drill Collar ................................ 47
140-24 Joint, Circulation Control ............................................................ 76
140-27 Pulling Tool, Wilson Hydraulic .................................................... 67
140-31 Packer Retrieving Spear ............................................................ 62
140-38 Joint, Washover Backoff Safety ................................................ 46
140-41/37 Joint , “J ”™ Type Safety with Pack-Off ....................................... 46
140-52 ResonanceTool ......................................................................... 78
140-61 Sub, Pump-Out .......................................................................... 77
140-66 Packer Retrieving Spear, Hydraulic ........................................... 61
140-71 Mill, METAL MUNCHER ® Packer .............................................. 24
141-10 Reversing Tool, Hydraulic .......................................................... 68
141-32 Packer Retriever, TRI-STATE ™ “B” ™ ......................................... 66
141-33 Joint, Wilson Type “M” ™ J- ....................................................... 65
141-36 Packer Retriever, Shear Type .................................................... 64
142-10 Backoff Tool, Casing .................................................................. 15
4
Product
Number Description Page
142-11 Bushing, Tieback Alignment ...................................................... 16
150-08/11 Shoes, SUPERLOY ® Rotary ................................................. 44-45
150-10 Shoe, METAL MUNCHER ® Rotary ............................................ 45
150-25 Joint, Drilling Safety ................................................................... 69
150-30/29 Key Seat Wiper, Double and Single Clutch ............................... 21
150-43 Whipstock, “CT” System ............................................................ 99
150-55 Anchor, Bottom Trip ................................................................... 36
150-64 Whipstock, Rolling Dog Retrieving Overshot ............................. 37
156-60 Washpipe Specification Guide ................................................... 42
150-68 Whipstock System, Cemented ................................................... 33
150-72 Mill, TRI-STATE ™ Model “D”™ Section ....................................... 39
150-74 Whipstock System, Eastman Style ............................................ 32
150-76/50 Whipstock, Mechanical Thru-Tubing Permanent & Retrievable.... 100-101
150-77 WindowMaster ™ System ............................................................ 31
150-79/95 LOCKOMATIC ® Expanding Hole Opener & Section Mill .... 40-41
150-97 Underreamer, “DB” ™ .................................................................. 96
150-98 Mill, Expanding Hydraulic ........................................................... 17
151-02 Mill, METAL MUNCHER ® Junk .................................................. 24
151-06 Mill, SUPERLOY ® Junk ............................................................. 20
151-06 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER® Junk ............................. 94
151-09 Mills, String and Watermelon ..................................................... 21
151-10 Mill, SUPERLOY ® Taper ............................................................ 20
151-13 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER® Step ............................. 94
151-20 Mill, Hollow, Container and Insert .............................................. 57
151-21 Mill, METAL MUNCHER ® Pilot .................................................. 23
151-24 Dog Leg Reamer ....................................................................... 22
154-64 Bushing, Trahan Collapsible Drive ............................................. 81
160-21 Patch, Underwater Lead Seal Casing ................................... 12-13
160-23 Patch, Dual Catch Casing .......................................................... 14
161-05 Scraper, TRI-STATE™ 360° Clean Bore Casing ......................... 18
161-20/160-78 Patch, Rubber Seal Casing and Underwater Casing ........... 11
161-25 Patch, “ZX” ™ High Pressure Casing ........................................... 10
162-01 Swivel, Backoff .......................................................................... 72
162-20/163-20 Patch, Regular and Slim Series Lead Seal Casing ......... 12-13
164-20 Patch, Lead Seal Cementing ..................................................... 14
170-01 Swivel Marine ............................................................................ 73
170-03 Cutter, Hydraulic Tubing ............................................................ 97
170-03 Cutter, Inside Hydraulic ................................................................ 8
170-08 Cutter, Multi-String ....................................................................... 6
170-12 Cutter, Inside Mechanical ............................................................ 7
170-13/14 Cutter, Standard and Washover Outside .................................... 9
170-26 Cutter, Wireline .......................................................................... 60
170-30 Stabilizer, Variable Blade ........................................................... 75
170-70 Space-Out Sub Assembly, Ring Type ........................................ 73
171-13 Cutter, Outside Shear Pin ............................................................ 9
171-30 Stabilizer, Sleeve Type Non-Rotating ........................................ 75
171-30 Stabilizer, Thru-Tubing Sleeve Type ........................................ 102
172-30 Stabilizer, Hydraulic ................................................................... 74
183-56 Bushing, Kelly Drive ................................................................... 81
182-56 Bushing, Pipe Drive ................................................................... 81
185-56 Jack System, Casing ................................................................. 80
200-79 Valve Changer System, Geothermal .......................................... 79
330-66 Bar, Deployment ...................................................................... 105
415-18 Whipstock Packer, TorqueMaster™ ............................................ 34
415-18 Whipstock Packer, One Trip Hydraulic Set (Annular Set) .......... 35
747-51 Packer Retrieving Spear, “CJ-1” ™ .............................................. 63
783-62/58 Whipstock Packer, “ML” ™ and “ML” Orientation Anchor ...................... 38
811-28 Stroker, Power ......................................................................... 104
811-98 Shifting Tool, “HB-3” Selective Shifting .................................... 104
— Bowen Equipment ............................................................ 108-110
— Container, Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools ...................................... 107
— Fishing Technology Testing Center ............................................. 5
— Houston Engineering Equipment ...................................... 111-113
— Insert, METAL MUNCHER ® Carbide ......................................... 23
— SUPERLOY ® Tungsten Carbide Hardfacing, TRI-STATE™ ....... 19
— Tongs, Hydratight .................................................................... 107
— Thru-Tubing Service ............................................................. 82-83
— Washpipe, N-80 w/W.P. Hydril Connections .............................. 43
 FISHING SERVICES

Fishing Technology
Testing Center
Bossier City, Louisiana

The Fishing Technology Testing Center

in Bossier City, Louisiana includes the
fishing industry’s most complete testing
facility. Here, testing is conducted on
projects ranging from research and de-
velopment prototypes to modifications
to existing equipment, in an environment
that simulates realistic downhole condi-
tions.

The centerpiece of the Technology Cen-

ter is a test rig whose components in-
clude:
• 142-ft Dreco mast rated at 750,000 lbs
(340,000 kg) lifting capacity when
rigged with 12 lines
• Continental-Emsco GA350-E
Single Drum Drawworks
• Continental-Emsco T-2750
53-1/4" Rotary Table
• Gardner Denver PZ10 1350 HP
Triplex Pump with output of
496 gal/min at 4200 psi (1860 liters/
min at 290 bar) maximum pressure
• Bowen Model S-1E Power Swivel
• Bowen 3.5 Power Swivel which may
be used as a top drive
• Hydraulic testing unit
• Appropriate tubulars, BOPs, kill and
choke manifolds, tuggers and
handling tools
• Casing sizes from 4-1/2" to 20"
for testing purposes

5
 FISHING SERVICES

MULTI-STRING CUTTER
Product No. 170-08
The Multi-String Cutter is designed to cut
single or multiple strings of concentric or
eccentric casing. The cutter is hydrauli-
cally operated. The fluid path is through
an indicator nozzle into the piston which
forces out the cutter knives. Once the
cutter knives are fully extended, the indi-
cator nozzle carrier will unseat from the
piston causing a loss in pressure, indi-
cating that the cut is complete. The
indicator nozzle is easily changed to
accommodate low pump capacity.
The Multi-String Cutter can be used
in any cutting application where rotation
and pressure can be applied to the tool.
In subsea applications, a marine swivel
or cut and pull spear are required.
When performing casing repair or
cutting and pulling operations for a slot
recovery, safeguards must be taken to
assure the outer casing is not damaged.
For this type of operation, the Multi-
String Cutter may be ordered with spacer
and stop rings which will restrict the
reach of the cutter knives.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Rugged design can withstand extreme
shock loads during cutting
• Knives can be easily changed at the
rig floor
• Knives can be dressed with either
SUPERLOY ® or METAL MUNCHER ®
inserts
• Large piston area reduces amount of
surface pressure required to operate
cutter
• Variety of knives and cutters will cover
complete range of API casings
• Nozzles can be easily changed to ac-
commodate available flow rate
• Cutter can be set to cut single strings
only

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Designed to Cut Top Cutter OD Max Knife Diameter
(In.) Connection (In.) (In.)
(mm) (mm) (mm)
4 - 5-1/2 2-3/8 API Reg 3-1/8 6-3/8
101,6 - 139,7 79,4 162,0
4-1/2 - 6-5/8 2-7/8 API Reg 3-3/4 8
101,6 - 168,3 95,3 203,0
5-1/2 - 9-5/8 2-7/8 API Reg 4-1/2 13-1/8
139,7 - 244,6 114,3 333,0
7 - 13-3/8 3-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 16-1/4
177,8 - 339,7 139,7 413,0
7 - 13-3/8 3-1/2 API IF 5-3/4 16-1/2
177,8 - 339,7 146,1 419,0
8-5/8 - 20 4-1/2 X-Hole 7-1/4 21-3/4
219,1 - 508 184,2 552,0
9-5/8 - 30 6-5/8 API Reg 8-1/4 45-3/8
244,6 - 762 209,6 1153,0
13-3/8 - 60 6-5/8 API Reg 11-3/4 49-1/2
339,7 - 1524 298,5 1257,0

Multi-String Cutter
Product No. 170-08

6
 FISHING SERVICES

INSIDE MECHANICAL
CUTTER
Product No. 170-12
The Inside Mechanical Cutter is designed FEATURES/BENEFITS
to cut single strings of casing without • Tools easily convert to alternate cut-
hydraulics. The cutter consists of a fric- ting sizes
tion assembly that initiates the setting of • Unique automatic nut allows tool to be
the slips. The slip assembly anchors the set repeatedly without pulling out of
cutter inside the casing. The cut is made the hole
by lowering the drillstring while rotating. • Cutter is mechanically operated — no
This forces the knives down on the wedge hydraulics required
block forcing the knives outward until the • Positive anchor assembly ensures a
casing is cut. smooth cut
The cutter incorporates an automatic • Knives can be made from tool steel or
nut design which, when the tool is el- fitted with carbide inserts
evated, sets cutter back into the run-in • Knife design reduces risk of damage
position. This makes it possible to set to outer casing
and unset the tool, as many times as
required, or to make multiple cuts.
The Inside Mechanical Cutter is well
suited for a cutting operation where the
integrity of an outer string must be main-
tained. Because the tool is operated by
mechanics, the cutter is ideally suited for
land abandonments where pumps are
not available.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Designed to Cut (In.) 4 5 6-5/8 8-1/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 13-3/8
(mm) 101,6 127,0 168,2 206,3 219,0 244,4 339,7
Cutter OD (In.) 3 4 5-1/4 6-7/8 7-1/8 8 11-3/4
(mm) 76,2 101,6 133,4 174,6 181,0 203,2 298,5
Max Cut of Knife (In.) 4-5/8 6-3/8 8-5/16 9-7/8 10 11-1/2 16-1/8
(mm) 117,5 161,9 211,1 250,8 254,0 292,1 409,6
Top Connection 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 6-5/8
FJ API Reg API IF API IF API Reg API Reg API Reg

Inside Mechanical Cutter

Product No. 170-12

7
 FISHING SERVICES

INSIDE HYDRAULIC CUTTER

Product No. 170-03
The Inside Hydraulic Cutter is designed FEATURES/BENEFITS
to cut single strings of casing hydrauli- • Tools easily convert to alternate cut-
cally. The cutter features hydraulically ting sizes
activated knives for smooth efficient cut- • Cutter is hydraulically operated; no
ting, an indicator which signals through string movement required
pump pressure when the cut is com- • Positive anchor assembly ensures a
plete, and stabilizer slips to keep the smooth cut
cutter anchored in the casing. The pis- • Knives can be made from tool steel or
tons are designed to force the slips to fitted with carbide inserts
firmly anchor the tool prior to the knives • Knife design reduces risk of damage
contacting the casing. to outer casing
When the cutter has been run to the • Positive indication when cut is made
desired cutting depth, rotation is initiated
and circulation started. An increase in
torque indicates that casing is being cut.
When the cut is complete, the control
dog will move into a recess in the bottom
nut causing a decrease in pump pres-
sure, indicating that the cut is complete.
Straight pick up will retract the slips and
knives.
The Inside Hydraulic Cutter should
always be run with a float sub.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter OD (In.) 4-1/8 5-1/2 5-3/4 8-1/8 11-3/4
(mm) 104,8 139,7 146,1 206,4 298,5
Max Cut of Knife (In.) 7 7 7-5/8 10-3/4 13-3/8
(mm) 177,8 177,8 193,7 273,1 339,7
Top Connection 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
API IF API IF API IF API IF API IF

Inside Hydraulic Cutter

Product No. 170-03

8
 FISHING SERVICES

STANDARD AND WASHOVER FEATURES/BENEFITS

OUTSIDE CUTTERS
Product Nos. 170-13 & 170-14
The Standard and Washover Outside
Cutters are mechanically operated cut-
ting tools used to cut and recover tubulars
from the outside in one trip. The main
components are the knives, dog assem-
bly, and wedge block.
Both cutters require the outside of
the fish to be free. It is best to washover
with a rotary shoe and washpipe down to
desired cutting depth prior to running the
cutter. Once the fish has been washed
over, the rotary shoe is replaced with the
cutter. After the cutter has passed over
the fish, the workstring should not be
elevated until the cutter is at the desired
cutting depth. Once reaching the de-
sired depth of the cut, the string should
be elevated to locate a collar or tool joint.
The string is then slacked off to take the
load of the knives prior to cutting. In a
deviated well, the string will have to be
slacked off further to eliminate the risk of
damage to the knives by overloading
against the tool joint or collar.
The tool is operated by pulling the dog
assembly up under a collar or tool joint
while rotating. The dog assembly will
force the wedge block down which forces
the knives in until the cut is complete.
Once the cut is complete, the cutter
and fish can be pulled out of the hole and
the fish stripped out of the washpipe.
The cut left by the outside cutter will be
smooth on the OD and just slightly flared
to the ID. To engage externally and run
wireline would require no dressing off.
• Cuts can be made on tubulars with
plugged IDs
• Cut is clean and requires no dressing
• The cut is made mechanically
• Simple design and operation
• Large variety of sizes for special
applications
• Knives made from tool steel, heat-
treated, and contour ground for effec-
tive cutting
OUTSIDE SHEAR PIN CUTTER
Product No. 171-13
The Outside Shear Pin Cutter is a me-
chanically operated tool used to cut and
remove tubing or drillpipe from the
wellbore. The Outside Shear Pin Cutter
allows the maximum ratio of fish OD to
cutter OD of any outside cutter. Due to
this feature, the cutter is not as rugged as
the washover and standard outside cut-
ter. The shear-type cutter is used only
when no other cutter may be used due to Standard Outside Cutter
fish OD. (No illustration shown.) Product No. 170-13
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Smallest ratio of fish OD to cutter OD
of any outside cutter
• Cuts are clean and require no
dressing off
• Mechanically operated
• All parts constructed from AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel
• Knives made from tool steel, heat-
treated and contour ground for
effective cutting

STANDARD OUTSIDE CUTTER

PRODUCT NO. 170-13
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD of (In.) 3-13/16 4-1/16 4-17/32 4-11/16 5- 5/8 6 6-1/8
Cutter (mm) 96,8 103,2 115,1 119,1 142,9 152,4 155,6
ID of (In.) 3-1/8 3-5/32 3-5/8 3-25/32 4-5/8 4-7/8 5-1/8
Cutter (mm) 79,4 80,2 92,1 96,6 117,5 123,8 130,2
Connection 3-13/16 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-3/8 5-3/4 6
TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSS TSWP
OD of (In.) 7-11/16 8-5/16 9-3/8 11-3/8 12 14-1/4 16-3/4
Cutter (mm) 195,3 211,1 238,1 288,9 304,8 362,0 425,5
ID of (In.) 6-1/4 6-13/16 7-7/8 9-7/8 10-3/4 11-7/8 15
Cutter (mm) 158,8 173,0 200,0 250,8 273,1 301,6 381,0 Washover Outside Cutter
Product No. 170-14
Connection 7-5/8 8-1/8 9 10-3/4 11-3/4 12-3/4 16
TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP

9
 FISHING SERVICES

“ZX” ™ HIGH PRESSURE

CASING PATCH
Product No. 161-25
The “ZX” (Zero Extrusion) High Pressure
Casing Patch utilizes the same technol-
ogy that has made the “ZXP” ™ Liner
Packer the industries most reliable Liner
Packer. The “ZX” Patch offers the high-
est pressure rating of any casing patch,
in most cases equal to a premium thread.
This pressure rating makes this design
ideal for tying back high pressure wells.
The “ZX” design encloses the seals in a
metal to metal barrier between the cas-
ing and the patch body, protecting the
seals from exposure to damaging fluids
or gases. The design is modular so the
patch body may be run above a standard
overshot. A top sub with the desired
casing thread may be run above the
patch or an extension for underwater
patching operations. The patch is de-
signed to fit over the entire API tolerance
range for each casing size. There is no
setting load required because the seals
are self-energizing.
Although not recommended, in test
environments the patch has been tested
on unprepared casing. In these test, the
9-5/8" patch has withstood 12,000 PSI
(827 bar) internal pressure, with fluid
and nitrogen, with temperatures up to
250°F using standard seal compounds.
Higher temperature thresholds may be
achieved with special seal materials.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Requires no setting load
• Highest pressure rating of any patch
• Adaptability due to modular design
• Utilizes proven “ZX” technology

“ZX” High Pressure Casing Patch

Product No. 161-25

10
 FISHING SERVICES

RUBBER SEAL CASING PATCH ing pressure testing may produce forces
AND RUBBER SEAL UNDER- which cause the casing patch slips to
WATER CASING PATCH damage the patched casing stub.
Product Nos. 161-20 & 160-78 Construction of the standard Rubber
The Rubber Seal Casing Patch is de- Seal Casing Patch makes the conver-
signed to repair damaged casing or tie- sion to an Underwater Casing Patch
back casing efficiently and economically. simple. The top-sub may be removed,
No setting load is required to energize allowing cross-over bushings and a cas-
the seals. This allows for a simple de- ing pup-joint to be made up directly above
sign with less moving parts. The pres- the rubber seals. This modification does
sure rating for the rubber seals exceed not affect the tensile or pressure rating
that of the Standard Lead Seal Casing on the patch.
Patch. The patches are available in sizes If the casing repair is close to the top
to patch from 4-1/2" to 20" casing. of the cement, the Rubber Seal Under-
As with standard lead seal patches, water Casing Patch makes it possible to
the casing stub to be patched must be patch the casing without the required
free of any cement on the OD and the top free casing needed to set a Lead Seal
must be free of burrs. It is best in older Casing Patch. (Rubber Seal Underwater
casing strings to washover the casing Casing Patch is not shown.)
stub with a shoe dressed to the drift ID of
FEATURES/BENEFITS
the casing patch. With a proper dressing • Simple design and operation
shoe, the top of the casing will be left with • Requires no setting load
a 45° angle reducing the risk of damage • Higher pressure rating
to the seal assembly. • Rubber seal less affected by tempera-
Once the casing patch has swallowed ture fluctuations
the casing stub completely, the casing is • Easily converted to an underwater patch
patched and may be pressure tested as
per customer requirements. If over pull is The chart below is a sample of the
required, this will not affect the seal as- maximum working pressures and is
sembly. Caution: Excessive over pull dur- based on 80% of burst.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8
(mm) 114,3 139,7 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5
Patch OD (In.) 5-13/16 7-1/4 8-3/8 9-3/8 10-9/16 11-7/8
(mm) 147,6 184,2 212,7 238,1 268,3 301,6
Casing Size (In.) 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8 16 20 —
(mm) 273,1 298,5 339,7 406,4 508
Patch OD (In.) 13-1/2 14-1/2 16-1/2 19 23-3/8 —
(mm) 342,9 368,3 419,1 482,6 593,7

The chart below is a sample of the maximum working pressures and is based on 80% of burst on the lesser component, i.e., patch or casing.

Casing Maximum Working Maximum Overpull

Size Weight Grade Pressure (No Tension) at Maximum Pressure
In. mm lbs/ft kg/m psi Bar lbs kg
7 177,8 29 43,1 N-80 6528 450,20 151,500 10448
7 177,8 29 43,1 P-110 8480 584,82 187,300 68629
7 177,8 32 47,6 N-80 7248 499,86 175,700 79592
7 177,8 32 47,6 P-110 8480 584,82 187,300 84847
9-5/8 244,5 47 69,9 N-80 5496 379,03 294,800 133544
9-5/8 244,5 47 69,9 P-110 7552 520,82 394,600 178753
9-5/8 244,5 53.50 79,5 N-80 6334 436,82 352,500 159682
9-5/8 244,5 53.50 79,5 P-110 8720 601,37 517,400 234382
10-3/4 273,0 51 76,05 J-55 4030 277,93 90,000 40909
10-3/4 273,0 51 76,05 N-80 5860 404,13 112,000 50909
10-3/4 273,0 51 76,05 P-110 8060 555,86 134,700 61227
10-3/4 273,0 60.7 90,5 J-55 4880 336,55 361,200 164181
10-3/4 273,0 60.7 90,5 N-80 7100 489,65 428,000 194545 Rubber Seal Casing Patch
Product No. 161-20
13-3/8 339,7 68 101,1 K-55 3450 237,93 81,200 36783
13-3/8 339,7 72 107 N-80 5380 371,03 58,700 26591
13-3/8 339,7 72 107 C-95 6390 440,68 56,000 25368
11
 FISHING SERVICES
Regular Lead Seal Casing Patch
Product No. 162-20
12
REGULAR AND SLIM SERIES
LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH
Product Nos. 162-20 & 163-20
The Lead Seal Casing Patch is used to
repair damaged casing and to tie back
casing strings, after temporary aban-
donments when tie-back assemblies in-
place fail. To patch a casing string, the
damaged casing must be removed to a
point where the casing integrity is still
sound. Once the lower string of casing
has been engaged by the patch, a rec-
ommended setting load must be applied
which will energize the patch by deform-
ing the lead making an effective seal on
the casing.
The casing stub to be patched must
be free of any cement on the OD and the
top must be free of any burrs. It is best in
older casing strings to washover the
casing stub with a shoe dressed to the
drift ID of the casing patch. With a proper
dressing shoe, the top of the casing will
be left with a 45° angle which will reduce
the risk of damage to the lead-seal
assembly.
Once the casing patch has swal-
lowed the casing stub completely, the
recommended setting load must be ap-
plied and held. At this time, the casing
may be pressure tested as per customer
requirements. If additional over pull is
required, this may affect the integrity
between the patch and the lower string of
casing. The safe operating parameters
of the patch should be followed. (Slim
Series Lead Seal Casing Patch drawing
is not shown.)
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Does not restrict casing ID
• Manufactured from AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel
UNDERWATER LEAD
SEAL CASING PATCH
Product No. 160-21
The Underwater Lead Seal Casing Patch
utilizes the same design as the Standard
and Slim Series Lead Seal Casing
Patches with the addition of a long top
sub to allow the patch to be run below a
subsea casing hanger. The top exten-
sions are made from API casing pup
joints or alloy steel tubing. The underwa-
ter casing patch is most often used to
allow space out for a subsea hanger
after a casing string has become stuck
while running in the hole.
When the underwater casing patch is
to be used, the casing should be cut a
sufficient length from the stuck point.
This allows the casing to be stretched
from below to energize the casing patch.
The cut casing must then be dressed off
to reduce the risk of any damage to the
lead seal assembly. The patch is spaced
out from the subsea casing hanger to
allow the lower casing stub to completely
pass the slip assembly. The casing is
run and the casing hanger landed off in
the wellhead. At this point, the lower
casing stub should be past the slip
assembly.
A Tri-State Type “B” ™ Casing Spear
can be run in and latched into the lower
casing stub. The lower casing is then
stretched enough to energize the patch
once the tension has been released.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Does not restrict casing ID
• Manufactured from AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel
 FISHING SERVICES

REGULAR SERIES LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH

PRODUCT NO. 162-20
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-5/8 7 7-5/8
(mm) 114,3 127,0 139,7 152,4 168,3 177,8 193,7
Patch OD (In.) 5-13/16 6-3/16 7 7-1/2 8-3/8 8-3/4 9-3/8
(mm) 147,6 157,2 177,8 190,5 212,7 222,3 238,1
Casing Size (In.) 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8 16 20
(mm) 219,1 244,5 273,1 298,5 339,7 406,4 508,0
Patch OD (In.) 10-9/16 11-1/2 13 14 15-5/8 18-1/4 22-1/4
(mm) 268,3 292,1 330,2 355,6 396,9 463,6 565,2

SLIM SERIES LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH

PRODUCT NO. 163-20
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 13-3/8
(mm) 114,3 139,7 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5 273,1 339,7
Patch OD (In.) 5-5/8 6-3/4 8-1/4 8-11/16 10 10-7/8 12-1/8 14-3/4
(mm) 142,9 171,5 209,6 221,0 254,0 276,2 308 374,7

UNDERWATER LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH

PRODUCT NO. 160-21
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 7 7-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 13-3/8 13-3/8
(mm) 177,8 193,7 244,5 244,5 273,1 273,1 339,7 339,7
Patch OD (In.) 8-3/8 9-3/8 11-1/2 12-3/4 12-1/8 13 15-1/8 17
(mm) 212,7 238,1 292,1 323,9 308,0 330,2 384,2 431,8
Extension Material Alloy Casing Alloy Casing Alloy Alloy Alloy Casing
Extension OD (In.) 8-3/8 8-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 12-1/8 13 15-1/8 16
(mm) 212,7 219,1 273,1 298,5 308,0 330,2 384,2 406,4

The chart below is a sample of the maximum working pressures for the Lead Seal Casing Patches and is based on 80% of burst.

Casing Maximum Working Maximum Overpull

Size Weight Grade Pressure (No Tension) at Maximum Pressure
In. mm lbs/ft kg/m psi Bar lbs kg
7 177,8 29 43,1 N-80 6496 448 136,100 61653
7 177,8 29 43,1 P-110 8930 615,86 177,500 80407
7 177,8 32 47,6 N-80 7248 499,86 109,500 49603
7 177,8 32 47,6 P-110 8930 615,86 215,900 97802
9-5/8 244,5 47 69,9 N-80 5496 379,03 141,400 64054
9-5/8 244,5 47 69,9 P-110 7552 520,82 220,700 99977
9-5/8 244,5 53.50 79,5 N-80 6344 437,51 218,400 98935
9-5/8 244,5 53.50 79,5 P-110 6800 486,96 220,700 99977
10-3/4 273,0 51 76,05 J-55 4030 277,86 63,000 28576
10-3/4 273,0 51 76,05 N-80 5800 399,90 75,000 34019
10-3/4 273,0 51 76,05 P-110 6348 437,68 210,000 95284
10-3/4 273,0 60 90,5 J-55 4800 330,95 223,000 101151
10-3/4 273,0 60 90,5 N-80 6300 434,37 271,000 12924
13-3/8 339,7 68 101,1 K-55 3450 237,93 66,700 30215
13-3/8 339,7 72 107 N-80 5380 371,03 58,700 26591
13-3/8 339,7 72 107 C-95 5770 397,93 113,100 51234 Underwater Lead Seal Casing Patch
Product No. 160-21

13
 FISHING SERVICES

LEAD SEAL FEATURES/BENEFITS

CEMENTING PATCH
Product No. 164-20
The Lead Seal Cementing Patch is used
to patch a string of casing and cement
into the annulus of the patched string in
one trip.
The casing stub to be patched must
be free of any cement on the OD and the
top must be free of any burrs. It is best in
older casing strings to washover the
casing stub with a shoe dressed to the
drift ID of the casing patch. With a proper
dressing shoe, the top of the casing will
be left with a 45° angle which will reduce
the risk of damage to the lead seal
assembly.
Once the casing patch has swal-
lowed the casing stub completely, set
down 10,000 to 15,000 lbs (4545 kg to
6818 kg) on the patch. The top of the
casing should be shouldered against the
top sub of the patch. The recommended
setting load is then applied. Slack off
Cementing Patch 25% of the setting load and test the
Product No. 164-20
patch. After the test is complete, the
string is once again slacked off to allow
the lower casing stub to contact the
shoulder of the patch. This will open the
cementing ports in the patch. After ce-
menting, pick up to the original setting
load. The setting load should be main-
tained while curing the cement.
• Simple design and operation
• Does not restrict casing ID
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• Allows patch to be set and cement
pumped to annulus without additional
trips
• Eliminates need for cementing collar
DUAL CATCH CASING PATCH
Product No. 160-23
The Dual Catch Casing Patch utilizes a
lead-seal assembly and an additional
lower slip which helps prevent the loss of
seal due to elongation or distortion of the
casing when the patch is set. Like the
underwater casing patch, the dual catch
has a 10 ft top extension manufactured
from an API casing pup joint or alloy
steel.
The same casing preparation and
setting procedures used for the under-
water casing patch are used for the Dual
Catch Casing Patch.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Does not restrict casing ID
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• Allows better protection against seal
failure

CEMENTING PATCH
PRODUCT NO. 164-20
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8
(mm) 114,3 139,7 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5 273,1 298,5 339,7
Patch OD (In.) 6-1/2 7-7/16 9-1/8 9-7/8 11-1/8 11-7/8 14 14-3/4 16
(mm) 165,1 189,0 231,8 251,0 282,6 301,6 355,6 374,7 406,4

DUAL CATCH CASING PATCH

PRODUCT NO. 160-23
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 5-1/2 7 9-5/8 10-3/4 13-3/8 16 20
(mm) 139,7 177,8 244,5 273,1 339,7 406,4 508,0
Patch OD (In.) 7-3/4 9 12 13 16 19 25-1/2
(mm) 196,9 228,6 304,8 330,2 406,4 482,6 647,7
Dual Catch Casing Patch
Product No. 160-23

14
 FISHING SERVICES

CASING BACKOFF TOOL

Product No. 142-10
The Casing Backoff Tools are hydraulically operated downhole
breakout tools used to back off casing at a known coupling location.
They are often used as an alternative to running a casing patch
during a casing repair program. The tool has three main compo-
nents: the lower anchor section, the drive section, and the upper
anchor section. Drill collars are run below the lower anchor to allow
the anchor to remain set during the backoff operation. Several
stands of collars are run above the upper anchor to allow the anchor
to remain set when pump pressure is being applied to overcome the
hydraulic upward force during the back off operation.
The tool is assembled and run in the well to the desired depth.
A mechanical collar locator can be used to pinpoint the collar to be
backed off, and the back-off tool can then be positioned to straddle
the collar. The anchor sections are set hydraulically and once the
anchors have been set do not pick up on the workstring. The tool
is then cycled by pump pressure until breakout is accomplished.
The pumps are then stopped and the pressure bleed off. The tool
should sit for about five minutes to reset itself. After several cycles
of the tool, the pump is turned off and the workstring picked up,
which releases slips. The backoff is completed and casing recov-
ered with an appropriate spear.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Eliminates “blind” backoffs of casing
• High torque breakout capacity
• Anchor sections contain special carbide insert slips which make
firm bites into casing ID to withstand torque output of tool
• Leaves threaded connection for re-engaging with new casing
string
• Maintains full casing integrity when casing is screwed back
together properly
• Eliminates restricted IDs after repairing casing
• No left-hand workstrings required for backoff
• Over torquing of joints in workstring is eliminated Upper Anchor
• Can be used with tubing as a workstring, if necessary

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD (In.) 4-1/2 5-5/8 5-5/8 8 8 8 8
(mm) 114,3 142,9 142,9 203,2 203,2 203,2 203,2
Connection 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8
API Reg API IF API IF API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 5-1/2 7 7-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8 Lower Anchor
and Weight (mm) 139,7 177,8 193,7 244,5 273,1 298,5 339,7
(lb/ft) 14 - 23 17 - 38 24 - 47.1 32 - 53.5 32.75 - 65.7 42 - 60 48 - 72
(kg/m) 20,81-34,18 25,27-56,48 35,67-70,00 47,56-79,52 48,68-97,65 62,42-89,18 71-1/3
Maximum Torque
5000psi Output 15,000 25,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000
at (ft/lb)
Drive Section
Maximum Torque
Output at 11111 18518 18518 37037 37037 37037 37037
344,8 bar (Nm)

15
 FISHING SERVICES

TIMMONS BACKOFF TOOL TIEBACK ALIGNMENT

Product No. 140-13 BUSHING
The Timmons Backoff Tool is used to Product No. 142-11
transmit torque through a workstring to The Tieback Alignment Bushing is used
casing at a desired point. The design is as a guide for a casing tieback string.
extremely simple and reliable. In most The guide allows easy alignment while
cases, the limiting factor in torque re- minimizing the risk of thread damage.
striction is the workstring. All Timmons The guide bushing is primarily used when
tools have a left-hand box on one end tying back premium thread strings of
and a right-hand connection on the other casing.
end. The guide bushing is designed for
When backing off casing, the easy field dressing to allow for box or pin
Timmons tool is run with a left-hand tool looking up. There is no welding required
joint connection up, and left-handed pipe and no risk to pressure integrity.
to surface. The tool can be set at any-
time by simply rotating to the left. The FEATURES/BENEFITS
tool is released by right-hand rotation. • Eliminates need for internal guide string
For making up casing, the tool is run with • Reduces risk of damage to threads
the right-hand connection up on right- • Can be easily dressed at rig site to tie
handed pipe. back to pin or box
• Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated
FEATURES/BENEFITS alloy steel
• The tool will ensure that the casing • Can be manufactured with any type
does not back out at a higher point thread
• When making up casing, the joints of • Tieback will be completely threaded -
casing above the make-up point will Pressure rating as per thread
not be over torqued manufacturer’s specifications
• The opposing cam design eliminates
any risk of slipping
• High torque breakout capacity - lim- TIEBACK ALIGNMENT BUSHING
ited by workstring only PRODUCT NO. 142-11
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
• Simple design
• The same tool is used for breakout Casing OD (In.) 7 9-5/8 13-3/8
(mm) 177,8 244,5 339,7
and makeup
Guide OD (In.) 8-1/4 12 15
Timmons Backoff Tool (mm) 209,6 304,8 381,0
Product No. 140-13

TIMMONS BACKOFF TOOL

PRODUCT NO. 140-13
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 13-3/8 20
(mm) 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5 339,7 508,0
Top Connection 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8
API IF API IF API IF API Reg API Reg API Reg
left-hand left-hand left-hand left-hand left-hand left-hand
Bottom Connection 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
API IF API IF API IF API IF API IF API IF

Tieback Alignment Bushing

Product No. 142-11

16
 FISHING SERVICES

EXPANDING
HYDRAULIC MILL
Product No. 150-98
The Expanding Hydraulic Mills are run
above drill bits or mills to open the casing
ID to a greater diameter than drift. They
can be used to scrape the casing ID to
remove scale or cement prior to running
a packer, and can also function as hy-
draulic stabilizers to centralize when
cutting casing. Blades can be dressed
with Metal Muncher® style, carbide in-
serts to remove steel or cement, or with
hard metal for stabilizing. Various weights
of the same size casing can be milled
with one set of blades, due to the unique
design of the stop collars on tool.
Prior to running, the stop collars are
mechanically set to maintain true full-
bore gauge milling and reaming. The
expanding mill is made up to the mill or
bit and run in the hole with sufficient drill
collar to maintain 2000 to 5000 lbs (454
to 2272 kg) of weight on bottom. Nozzles
in the bit or expanding mill should be
sized to provide a suggested pressure
drop of 500 psi (34,48 bar), which will
keep the blades expanded during mill-
ing. Suggested RPM range for the mill is
between 60 and 150 RPM. Light weight
should be maintained on the mill, and
torque monitored closely. When the
restriction has been removed, the hole
is circulated clean and the pumps
are stopped retracting the blades
automatically.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Rugged design enables tool to
expand and scrape casing ID and
function as a hydraulic stabilizer
when cutting casing
• Unique stop collar design allows
various weights of the same size
casing to be milled with one set
of blades
• Blades are available with METAL
MUNCHER® carbide inserts or hard
metal coating
• Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated
alloy steel
• Can be run through restricted ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing OD (In.) 5-1/2 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8
(mm) 139,7 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5
Weight (lb) 14 - 23 23 - 38 24 - 39 28 - 44 32,30 - 53,50
(mm) 20,8 - 34,2 34,2 - 56,5 35,7 - 58 41,6 - 65,4 48 - 79,5
Connections 2-3/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg
Closed OD (In.) 4-1/4 5-5/8 6-3/8 7 8
(mm) 108,0 142,9 161,9 177,8 203,2

Expanding Hydraulic Mill

Product No. 150-98

17
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ 360° CLEAN FEATURES/BENEFITS

BORE CASING SCRAPER
Product No. 161-05
The Tri-State 360° Clean Bore Casing
Scraper cleans cement, mud, embed-
ded perforating bullets, rust, scale, par-
affin, perforation burrs, and other restric-
tions from the inside walls of casing.
The casing scraper is run with the pin
up and a bit or a mill is installed on the
box end below. Consequently, the bit
serves as a guide and prevents plugging
the circulation hole through the scraper.
The scraper is passed through the
restricted section, preferably without ro-
tation. This cleans most of the scale,
bullets, cement, and other extraneous
materials off the casing wall. Rotating
the tool as the string is lowered causes
the helix surfaces to shear off any re-
maining burrs or obstructions missed on
the first pass with the scraper.
The scraper is rerun to check for
smoothness before tripping out of the
hole. If the weight indicator does not
show any irregularities, the casing should
be clean.
• Body constructed from a solid piece of
AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel for
strength
• Hardfaced blades provide endurance
and maximum service
• Cleaning can be accomplished by ei-
ther rotation or reciprocation as a re-
sult of blade arrangement in the body
that gives full 360° contact with the
casing ID
• Each blade is cut with left-hand helical
grooves to allow the tool to scrape up
or down inside the casing
• Double protection downhole results
from blades held securely by blade
retainers locked in place by keepers

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
In. In. In. In.
lb/ft mm- kg/m lb/ft mm- kg/m lb/ft mm- kg/m lb/ft mm- kg/m
Casing Scraper Size 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 139,7 6-5/8 168,3 7 177,8
5-1/2 139,7 6 152,4 7-5/8 193,7
Connection 2-3/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/2
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Scraper OD 3-9/16 90,5 4-3/8 111,1 5-1/8 130,2 5-3/8 136,5
Scraper ID 3/4 19 1 25,4 1 25,4 1-1/4 31,7
Blade Part Number 2-135 2-142 2-142-1 2-102-1
Casing Size 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 139,7 6-5/8 168,3 7 177,8
Weight Range (9.5-15.1) (14,1-22,4) (14- 23) (20,8-34,2) (20-24) (29,7-35,7) (17-20) (25,3-29,7)
Blade Part Number 2-135 2-142-1 2-142 2-102-1
Casing Size 5 127 6 152,4 6-5/8 168,3 7-5/8 193,7
Weight Range (21.5-24.1) (31,9-35,8) (16-23) (23,8-34,2) (28-32) (41,6-47,6) (24-42.8) (35,7-63,6)
Blade Part Number 2-135 2-102
Casing Size 5 127 — — — — 7 177,8
Weight Range (11.5-18) (17,1-26,7) (23-32) (34,2-47,6)
Blade Part Number 2-133-1 2-102-2
Casing Size 5-1/2 139,7 — — — — 7 177,8
Weight Range (20-23) (29,7-34,2) (35-38) (52-56,5)
Casing Scraper Size 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273 13-3/8 339,7
Connection 4-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Scraper OD 7-1/4 184,2 8 203,2 9 228,6 11-1/4 285,8
Scraper ID 2 50,8 2-1/4 57,1 2-1/4 57,1 3-1/2 88,9
Blade Part Number 2-102 2-102-1 2-1441-3
Casing Size 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273 — —
Weight Range (24-32) (35,7-47,6) (32.2) (47,9) (32.75-40.5) (48,7-60,2)
Blade Part Number 2-102-2 2-102 2-1441-3 2-1441-3
Casing Size 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273 13-3/8 339,7
Weight Range (36-49) (53,5-72,8) (36-53.5) (53,5-79,5) (45.5-55.5) (67,6-82,5) (48-68) (71,3-101,1)
Blade Part Number 2-102-2 2-1144
360° Clean Bore Casing Scraper Casing Size — — — — 10-3/4 273 13-3/8 339,7
Product No. 161-05 Weight Range (60.7-71.1) (89,2-105,5) (72-91) (107-135,3)

18
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ SUPERLOY ® TUNGSTEN

CARBIDE HARDFACING
Baker Oil Tools tungsten carbide is the finest hardfacing FEATURES/BENEFITS
material available for downhole steel cutting or milling tools. • Tight control of manufacturing process assures uniformity
Each step in SUPERLOY manufacturing assures uniformity and quality
and quality. The crushed sintered tungsten particles are • Highest quality cutting carbide used
suspended in a special copperbase brazing-type alloy with • Rod form for easy application
high nickel content. SUPERLOY has a tensile strength of
10,000 psi.

MANUFACTURING PROCESS

3. Rod composition - Chips are screened for uniformity in size

and shape. All chips that go into a specified size of SUPERLOY
rod are identical in size to ensure the proper buildup on the
tool being hardfaced.

1. Carbide selection - Only the finest steel cutting grade is

used in making SUPERLOY . There are two basic grades of
tungsten carbide, one suitable for cutting steel and the other
highly resistant to abrasive wear. These carbides are very
similar and require a special process to separate the grades.

4. Ultimate control - SUPERLOY rod is made in a thermo-

statically controlled furnace under rigidly supervised condi-
tions. The time/temperature relationship is closely monitored
to ensure that every carbide particle is completely tinned.

2. Hand selected chips - After crushing, the solid chips are

hand picked to assure sharp cutting edges. This personal,
hand selection process eliminates any slivers, fish scales, or
rounded chips which might deter maximum cutting efficiency.
5. Individual attention to each rod - Each rod is hand cleaned
after leaving the furnace and individually flux coated. This
extra special coating speeds the application of the rod to the
base metal being hardfaced.
SIZES AND PACKAGING
All SUPERLOY rods are 18" (457 mm) long and vary in diameter from 1/4" to 1/2" (6,5 mm to 12,7 mm) depending on chip size.
Rods are sealed in plastic bags and packaged in 10 lbs (4,5 kg) boxes. Rod size is determined by chip size. For example: 1/2"
x 7/16" (12,7 mm x 11,1 mm) rod is composed of tungsten carbide chips that will pass through a 1/2" (12,7 mm) mesh screen and
be caught by a 7/16" (11,1 mm) mesh screen.

19
 FISHING SERVICES
SUPERLOY ® JUNK MILL
Product No. 151-06
Junk Mills are designed to mill rock bits,
reamer blades, or any other debris which
may obstruct a wellbore. The junk mills
have four basic designs.
The “J-1”™ Junk Mill is manufactured
from a solid piece of 4140 heat-treated
alloy. The water course and stabilizer
pads are machined out and the
SUPERLOY is applied as per set weld-
ing procedures. The OD of the milling
head and stabilizer, if present, are both
ground smooth to eliminate any risk of
casing damage. The longer milling heads
also reduce the risk of casing damage or
side-tracking.
The “J-2”™ is identical in design to the
“J-1” except that the OD of the mill is
rough. The “J-2” is used only in open-
hole situations.
The “J-3”™ and “J-4”™ are welded
blades on the milling head and the stabi-
Superloy Junk Mill lizer pads. The “J-3” is dressed with
Product No. 151-06 SUPERLOY then ground smooth for
cased hole applications. The “J-4” is
rough OD for open-hole applications.
All junk mills have standard pin-up
API Reg connections. The connection
will be dependent on the mill OD.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Extra long mill heads reduce risk of
casing damage
• Dressed with SUPERLOY
• Rugged design
• Available for all hole sizes
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
Superloy Taper Mill
Product No. 151-10
20
SUPERLOY® TAPER MILL
Product No. 151-10
Taper Mills are designed to enter re-
stricted areas in casing, tubing, or open-
hole and remove restrictions or obstruc-
tions by milling. Taper mill designs vary
based on the intended use. Taper mills
designed for use inside casing are
dressed with SUPERLOY from the re-
duced OD at the bottom of the mill to the
full drift of the casing. Once full drift OD
is reached, the taper mill will have a
length of smooth, turned down
SUPERLOY for stabilization, minimizing
any unnecessary casing damage. For
open-hole applications the rough
SUPERLOY cutting structure would ex-
tend over the entire dressed area of the
mill.
Taper mills are also used in casing
milling operations so debris inside the
casing stub can be removed as the cas-
ing is milled and as to act as a guide
when re-entering the casing stub. When
run with a section mill, the taper mill acts
as a stabilizer reducing vibration; thereby,
increasing section mill life.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows control to hold mill inside the
casing better than a conventional junk
mill
• Milling restrictions from the casing ID
incrementally
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• Dressed with SUPERLOY
 FISHING SERVICES

STRING AND DOUBLE AND SINGLE

WATERMELON MILLS
Product No. 151-09
The String and Watermelon Mills are
designed with many functions in mind.
The primary function of the mills is to
elongate casing windows during a whip-
stock operation. They can also be used
to remove obstructions in casing. In open
hole, they can be used to ream through
key seats. These type mills are often run
above section mills so any bird nesting of
cuttings accumulating at the top of the
window can be milled away to ensure
that the section mill can be pulled out of
the hole. Most of the mills have a stan-
dard drillpipe or drill collar connection to
eliminate cross-overs.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows control to hold mill inside the
casing better than a conventional junk
mill
• Mills restrictions from the casing ID
incrementally
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• Dressed with SUPERLOY
• May be inserted into workstring at any
point
CLUTCH KEY SEAT WIPER
Product Nos. 150-30 & 150-29
The Key Seat Wiper is used to remove or
prevent key seats from forming in severe
dog leg situations. The key seat wiper is
constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated
steel. The blades are dressed with either
SUPERLOY or tube borium. The blades
are usually dressed to 1/2" larger than
the OD of the drill collars.
The key seat wiper is usually run
between the drill collars and the heavy
weight or drillpipe. When the key seat
wiper pulls into a key seat, the sleeve will
wedge and stick. This can be confirmed
by slacking off and having 20" of free
travel and free rotation. By rotating while
picking up, the bottom clutch will trans-
mit torque to the sleeve to wipe out the
key seat.
The double clutch key seat wiper
incorporates a left-hand clutch on the top String/Watermelon Mill
of the sleeve. This design makes it pos- Product No. 151-09
sible to jar the sleeve out of a key seat by
applying weight and slowly rotating to
the right.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Non-rotating while drilling - will not
damage wellbore while drilling
• Simple design and operation
• Dressed with SUPERLOY

DOUBLE AND SINGLE CLUTCH KEY SEAT WIPER

PRODUCT NOS. 150-30 & 150-29
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Single Clutch

Connection 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2

API IF FH X-Hole X-Hole API IF API IF

Sleeve OD (In.) 4-3/4 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-1/2 7-3/4

(mm) 120,7 152,4 155,6 158,8 165,1 196,9

Double Clutch

Connection 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 —

API IF FH X-Hole FH API IF

Sleeve OD (In.) 4-3/4 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-1/2 —

(mm) 120,7 152,4 155,6 158,8 165,1
Double and Single Clutch
Key Seat Wiper
Product Nos. 150-30 & 150-29

21
 FISHING SERVICES

DOG LEG REAMER

Product No. 151-24
The Dog Leg Reamer was designed to FEATURES/BENEFITS
provide a means by which an offset in the • METAL MUNCHER technology for
casing may be removed to allow a liner to efficient milling
be run to bridge the dog leg. • Replaceable mill sleeves for easy
The tool consist of a milling section, a field dressing
knuckle section and an articulated sec- • Knuckle joint can pivot up to 15°
tion. The articulated section provides a before binding will occur
pilot into the well bore below the offset to • Sealed Knuckle Joint allows
eliminate the risk of an accidental side- circulation for hole cleaning
track. The sealed knuckle section pro-
vides a primary rotation point that is
adjacent to the bottom of the mill. The
milling section consist of several sleeves
that are rotationally locked onto the body.
The sleeves are dressed with METAL
MUNCHER inserts for maximum milling
efficiency.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Tool OD Connection
In. mm In. mm
5-1/2 140 4.75 120,65 2-7/8 API I Reg
7 178 6.241 158,52 3-1/2 API IF

Dog Leg Reamer

Product No. 151-24

22
 FISHING SERVICES

METAL MUNCHER ® METAL MUNCHER ® PILOT MILL (patented)

CARBIDE INSERT
In 1985 TRI-STATE changed the fishing industry
forever with the introduction of the METAL
MUNCHER Carbide Insert. The insert and the
patented application of the insert to milling tools
has increased penetration rates and mill life by as
much as a 1000%. The slot recoveries that are
routine today are economically possible because
of this technology. Many of the problems asso-
ciated with hole cleaning have been reduced by
the smaller chips produced by the chip breaker
insert.
Many of the jobs that were traditionally per-
formed by SUPERLOY dressing have been en-
hanced by this technology. The aggressive na-
ture of the insert makes it ideal for milling special
alloy metals. The pattered and constant removal
of material means a reduction in the risk of work-
hardening high chrome tubulars and packers.
Both METAL MUNCHER Junk Mills and
METAL MUNCHER Packer Mills have
SUPERLOY backing behind the insert. Conse-
quently, if there is an insert failure, there is still the
reliability of SUPERLOY to continue the job. In
several cases where drillpipe has been cemented
into a well, the use of METAL MUNCHER inserts
on junk mills have recovered hole faster than
conventional washing over and recovering.
The METAL MUNCHER Insert is most com-
monly associated with pilot mills but is available
on section, junk, expanding, and window mills.
Product No. 151-21
The METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill is a high-perfor-
mance mill used for milling washover pipe, casing,
and liners. The blade design continuously indexes
a new cutting surface during milling. The insert
design produces small, uniform, and easy to handle
cuttings.
The METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill should be
run with a shock sub and sufficient drill collars to
provide a wide range of milling weights. Both
weight on mill and RPMs will be determined by
penetration rate, torque, and cuttings removal.
Pilot milling with the METAL MUNCHER inserts
should be treated as a machining process rather
than a milling process. Once the optimum weight
and RPM is established it should be adhered to.
The fast R.O.P. of the tool, allows up to ten
times the volume of cuttings in a given period of
time as conventional pilot mills. This will require a
mud system capable of suspending the cuttings
and carrying them to the surface. A mud with
“high, low” shear values has been effective in
cuttings removal. Special consideration should be
given to additional surface equipment to handle
cuttings.
METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mills are available to
cut all standard sizes of casing and can be manu-
factured for any size. The mills can be manufac-
tured with a connection down for milling applica-
tions that are too close to surface to run sufficient
drill collar weight above the mill.

FEATURES/BENEFITS FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Higher penetration rates • Increased rates of penetration
• Smaller cuttings • Smaller cuttings METAL MUNCHER
• Extended mill life • Long mill life Pilot Mill
Product No. 151-21
• Aggressive cutting structure for
cutting alloys

METAL MUNCHER PILOT MILL

PRODUCT NO. 151-21
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6-5/8 7 7-5/8
(mm) 114,3 127 139,7 168,3 177,8 193,7
Connection 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Blade OD (In.) 5-1/2 6-1/16 6-9/16 7-7/8 8-5/32 9
(mm) 139,7 154 166,7 200 207,2 228,6
Casing Size (In.) 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8 —
(mm) 219,1 244,5 273,1 298,5 339,7
Connection 4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 —
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Blade OD (In.) 10-1/8 11-1/8 12-1/4 13-1/4 14-7/8 —
(mm) 257,2 282,6 311,2 336,6 377,8

23
 FISHING SERVICES
METAL MUNCHER ®
JUNK MILL
Product No. 151-02
The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill is de-
signed for milling stationary obstructions.
The junk mill utilizes the patented METAL
MUNCHER technology as the lead cut-
ting structure while being backed up by
SUPERLOY tungsten carbide hard fac-
ing. With the SUPERLOY backup, if the
METAL MUNCHER inserts become dam-
aged the mill will perform like a standard
junk mill until a new row of inserts is
reached.
The mills have been used to mill
cemented tubing, in some cases, at rates
exceeding 30 ft per hour. Cemented drill
collars and drillpipes have in many cases
been milled faster than they could be
washed over and recovered.
FEATURES/ BENEFITS
• Increases penetration rates
• Increases mill life
METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill • Smaller cuttings
Product No. 151-02
• SUPERLOY backup means the mill
will mill comparable to standard
SUPERLOY Junk Mill
• Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated
alloy steel
• Can be applied to any size mill
METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill
Product No. 140-71
24
METAL MUNCHER ®
PACKER MILL
Product No. 140-71
The METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill is
designed for milling packers in the short-
est possible time without creating large
debris. The packer mill utilizes the pat-
ented METAL MUNCHER technology
as the lead cutting structure while being
backed up by SUPERLOY tungsten car-
bide hard facing. With the SUPERLOY
backup, if the METAL MUNCHER in-
serts become damaged the mill will per-
form like a standard packer mill until a
new row of inserts is reached.
The METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill
can be used with most packer retrieving
spears. The aggressive cutting struc-
ture of the inserts make these mills ideal
for the milling of Inconel and high chrome
harsh environment packers.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Increases penetration rate
• Increases mill life
• Smaller cuttings
• By milling the entire packer away, large
pieces of packer debris are eliminated
• SUPERLOY backing means the mill
will mill comparable to standard
SUPERLOY Packer Mill
• Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated
alloy steel
 FISHING SERVICES

BOOT BASKET WASHPIPE BOOT BASKET

Product No. 130-16
Boot Baskets are used to trap cuttings
which are too large to circulate out of the
hole during drilling, milling, or junk fish-
ing operations. The design of the boot
basket traps junk by producing a sudden
decrease in annular velocity when the
cuttings pass the larger OD of the boot
reaching the smaller OD of the body and
top connection.
The boot basket should be run as
close as possible to the mill, bit, or junk
basket. Milling procedures are carried
out as usual with normal circulation.
Additional boot baskets may be run in
tandem to increase the junk catching
capacity.
Product No. 130-19
The Washpipe Boot Basket has multiple
functions in a washover assembly. Like
the standard Boot Basket, the Washpipe
boot basket is used to trap cuttings too
large to be circulated out. The washpipe
connection eliminates the need for a
cross-over bushing. The Washpipe Boot
Basket with the third inner connection, is
used for packer milling and retrieving
operations. In both operations, compo-
nents of the BHA are eliminated reduc-
ing the risk of BHA failure.
The Washpipe Boot Basket is avail-
able in most of the smaller washpipe
sizes. The inner connections are avail-
able with 8 round or PRT connections.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Contracted from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• Can be run in tandem
• Box-down, pin-up design so that boot
basket may be run directly above a mill
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Reduces cross-overs in workstring
• The first drop in annular velocity oc-
curs at the boot catcher
• Simple design and operation
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 Boot Basket
Product No. 130-16

or bit
• May be ordered with 10" or 20" long
baskets

BOOT BASKET
PRODUCT NO. 130-16
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection 1 MT 1-1/4 MT 1-1/2 MT

Boot OD (In.) 1.813 2.250 2.300 2.500

(mm) 46 57 58 63

Connection 2-3/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg

Boot OD (In.) 3-5/16 3-1/2 4 5 5-1/2

(mm) 84,1 88,9 101,6 127,0 139,7

Connection 4-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Boot OD (In.) 6-5/8 7 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 12-3/4

(mm) 168,3 177,8 219,1 244,5 273,1 323,9

Washpipe Boot Basket

Product No. 130-19

25
 FISHING SERVICES

GLOBE TYPE JUNK BASKET

Product No. 130-22
The Globe Type Junk Basket is used to recover any type of small objects that may
be in the wellbore. It is a simple design which consists of a hollow milling head, a
double set of free rotating finger catchers, middle body, and top sub. The successful
operation of the tool requires that a core be cut from the formation. Any junk that may
have obstructed normal drilling will be recovered above the core. If no recovery is
made, but a good core is recovered, in most cases normal drilling may continue.
Because it cannot produce any reverse circulating action or vacuum, the Globe Type
Junk Basket is primarily used in open hole.
The Globe Type Junk Basket converts easily to a Jet Type Basket by installing
a Jet Bushing between the top sub and the body of the Globe Type Junk Basket.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Does not require ball to operate
• Converts to Jet Type Basket

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Minimum Head OD Head ID Body OD Connection
(In.) 4 3-1/32 4 2-3/8 API Reg
(mm) 101,6 77,0 101,6
(In.) 4-5/8 3-13/32 4-1/2 2-7/8 API Reg
(mm) 117,5 86,5 114,3
(In.) 5-1/2 4-5/16 5-1/2 3-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 139,7 109,5 139,7
(In.) 5-7/8 4-13/16 5-1/2 3-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 149,2 122,2 139,7
(In.) 6-1/4 5-7/16 5-3/4 3-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 158,8 138,1 146,1
(In.) 7-1/8 5-5/8 7-1/8 4-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 181,0 142,9 181,0
(In.) 7-3/8 6-3/16 7-3/8 4-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 187,3 157,2 187,3
(In.) 7-7/8 6-17/32 7-3/8 4-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 200,0 165,9 187,3
(In.) 8-1/4 7-3/16 8-1/8 4-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 209,6 182,6 206,4
(In.) 9 6-17/32 8-5/16 4-1/2 API Reg
(mm) 228,6 165,9 211,1
(In.) 10-1/4 7-11/16 10-1/8 6-5/8 API Reg
(mm) 260,4 195,3 257,2
(In.) 11-1/4 9-1/8 10-3/8 6-5/8 API Reg
(mm) 285,8 231,8 263,5
(In.) 14-1/2 12-3/8 13-3/4 6-5/8 API Reg
(mm) 368,3 314,3 349,3

Globe Type Junk Basket

Product No. 130-22

26
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC JUNK BASKET while off bottom. Lower tool back to

Product No. 130-73
The Hydraulic Junk Basket is a pressure
operated junk recovery tool. It consists
of a basket head, catcher, sleeve, piston
assembly, and top sub. The piston as-
sembly contains a first stage piston to
drive the catcher down and collapse
under the junk. The second stage of the
piston assembly allows the tool to drain
while pulling out of the hole avoiding a
wet string. Once the catcher has been
closed, it offers 360° recovery surface.
One ball is used to operate the catch and
drain feature of the tool.
In operation, the Hydraulic Junk Bas-
ket is run to bottom and the hole circu-
lated down to the fish. Once washing is
complete, the ball should be dropped
bottom (DO NOT CUT A CORE) and
start the pumps with the fill-up line open.
Slowly close the fill-up line until the pres-
sure shears the shear pin. This will force
the piston down closing the catcher and
shifting the inner piston so the string may
be pulled dry.
The catcher is a disposable item. If it
is necessary to rerun the junk basket, the
catcher must be replaced.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• 360° recovery surface
• Cutting of core not required
• Easily field dressed
• Two stage piston assembly eliminates
need to pull wet string

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Hole Size 3-3/4 - 3-7/8 4-1/8 - 4-3/4 6-1/8 - 6-3/4 6-1/2 - 6-3/4 7-3/8 - 7-7/8
Body OD (In.) 3-3/8 4 5-3/4 6-1/4 7-5/16
(mm) 85,7 101,6 146,1 158,8 185,7
Catch ID (In.) 2-19/32 3-1/32 4-1/4 4-11/16 5-11/16
(mm) 65,9 77,0 108,0 119,1 144,5
Max. Dressed OD (In.) 3-3/4 4-3/4 6-3/4 6-3/4 7-7/8
(mm) 95,3 120,7 171,5 171,5 200,0
Top Connection (Box) 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Ball OD (In.) 7/8 1 1 1 1
(mm) 22,2 25,4 25,4 25,4 25,4
Minimum Pressure
to Close Catcher (psi) 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000
(bar) 124,14 137,93 137,93 137,93 137,93
Shear Pin Size (In.) 1/8 5/32 7/32 7/32 7/32
(mm) 3,2 4,0 5,6 5,6 5,6
Hole Size 7-7/8 - 9 8-5/8 - 9 9-1/2 - 11 11-1/2 - 13-3/4 17-1/2 - 20
Body OD (In.) 7-13/16 8-1/4 9-1/4 11-3/8 16-1/2
(mm) 198,4 209,6 235,0 288,9 419,1
Catch ID (In.) 6-13/32 6-27/32 7-7/16 9-21/32 14
(mm) 162,7 173,8 188,9 245,3 355,6
Max. Dressed OD (In.) 8-3/4 9 10-3/4 12-3/4 17-1/2
(mm) 222,3 228,6 273,1 323,9 444,5
Top Connection (Box) 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8
API Reg API Reg API IF API Reg API Reg
Ball OD (In.) 1 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-5/8 2
(mm) 25,4 42,9 42,9 41,3 50,8
Minimum Pressure
to Close Catcher (psi) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
(bar) 137,93 137,93 137,93 137,93 137,93
Shear Pin Size (In.) 7/32 7/32 1/4 1/4 5/16
(mm) 5,6 5,6 6,4 6,4 7,9
Hydraulic Junk Basket
Product No. 130-73

27
 FISHING SERVICES

COMBINATION BALL TYPE lation. Fluid circulation then rewashes

JET AND JUNK BASKET
Product No. 130-97
The Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk
Basket is a single tool that has a combi-
nation reverse circulation and coring
ability allowing two junk recovery opera-
tions in one run. In the first operation
using high velocity, the tool jet assembly
diverts drilling fluid out of the jet nozzles
down the OD of the tool. Then the fluid
goes up through the bottom of the tool
and forces any junk items such as bit
cones and hand tools up into the ID of the
bushing. The caught debris is held by the
catchers attached to the tool. To com-
plete the recovery, the tool is rotated and
lowered into the formation to core up any
remaining junk.
Prior to dropping the ball, fluid is
circulated through the ID to wash over
the junk. After bottom has been tagged,
the string is picked up off bottom to drop
the ball. Once the ball has seated in the
jet assembly a seat-pump pressure will
shift the plunger and begin reverse circu-
over the junk and forces it up into the
basket while rotating between 30 and 60
RPMs. A small core may be cut at this
point to ensure that all junk will be re-
trieved.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Eliminates pulling a wet string after
coring junk
• When sheared, jet assembly acts as a
drain when tripping out of hole
• One-trip complete recovery is ensured
by combination reverse circulation and
coring ability
• Body tool parts constructed of AISI
4140 heat-treated alloy steel
• Ceramic jet nozzles are durable, cor-
rosion resistant, and economical to
replace
• Four basic tools have subassemblies
to cover hole sizes from 3-3/4" through
17-1/2"
• Can be used to core samples and
ream under gauge holes to reach junk
on bottom

2-3/8 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies
Bushing and Basket Head OD (In.) 3-1/2 4 4-5/8
(mm) 88,9 101,6 117,5
Catcher ID (In.) 2-23/32 3-1/32 3-13/32
(mm) 69 76,9 86,5
Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) 7/8 7/8 7/8
(mm) 22,2 22,2 22,2

3-1/2 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies
Bushing and Basket Head OD (In.) 5-1/2 5-7/8 6-1/4 7-1/8
(mm) 139,7 149,2 158,8 181
Catcher ID (In.) 4-3/32 4-5/16 4-13/16 5-7/16
(mm) 103,9 109,5 122,2 138,1
Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8
(mm) 26,4 28,6 28,6 28,6

4-1/2 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies
Bushing and Basket Head OD (In.) 7-7/8 8-1/4 9
(mm) 200 209,6 228,6
Catcher ID (In.) 6-3/16 6-1/2 7-1/16
(mm) 157,1 165,1 179,3
Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-11/16
(mm) 42,9 42,9 42,9

6-5/8 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies
Bushing and Basket Head OD (In.) 10-1/4 11-1/4 14-1/2
(mm) 260,4 285,8 368,3
Catcher ID (In.) 7-13/16 9-1/8 12-1/16
Combination Ball Type Jet (mm) 198,4 231,7 306,3
and Junk Basket Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4
Product No. 130-97 (mm) 57,2 57,2 57,2

28
 FISHING SERVICES

JET BUSHING INTERNAL BOOT BASKET

Product No. 130-96 Product No. 130-21
The Jet Bushing operates on the same The Internal Boot Basket is designed to
principle as the Combination Ball Type trap debris too small to recover in a
Junk Basket. The high velocity of the standard finger type junk catcher. The
fluid through the jets creates a vacuum catcher bushing is run with a Combina-
inside the barrel of the tool which causes tion Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket or a
a reverse circulating effect. This reverse Jet Bushing. The catcher bushing can
circulation action makes it possible to be run with or without a standard junk
recover junk without cutting a core. The basket head with finger catchers.
Jet Bushing operates by dropping a ball
to divert all flow from the downward jet to FEATURES/BENEFITS
the outer jets. • No moving parts
The Jet Bushing has washpipe box • Versatility of hole size provided by
and pin connections making it possible washpipe connections
to cross-over to any washpipe size. • Can be manufactured with any
Washpipe extensions may be added washpipe thread
above or below the bushing. This flexibil-
ity makes it possible to place the finger
catchers as close or as far away from the
shoe as conditions dictate. Additionally,
the bushing is ideal for recovering loose
junk which has fallen beside a retriev-
able bridge plug or debris that may have
fallen around the drillpipe hung off in Jet Bushing
Product No. 130-96
subsea preventers.
When working on smaller rigs with
limited pump capacity, the jets are easily
changed to accommodate available
pump capacity.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Bottom jet will wash away any forma-
tion that has settled while going in hole
• No core required
• No moving parts
• Versatility of hole size and finger
catcher placement provided by
washpipe connections
• Removable junk strainer
• Removable jets
• Can be manufactured with any
washpipe thread

Internal Boot Basket

Product No. 130-21

29
 FISHING SERVICES

“M”™ REVERSE
CIRCULATING TOOL
Product No. 131-23
The “M” Reverse Circulating Tool (RCT™)
is a unique device used to effect reverse
circulation in a downhole work area.
Conventional circulation is routed from
the inside to the outside of the tool and
exits below the tool/casing annulus
packoff thus establishing flow down the
annulus in the area located below the
packoff. As circulation reaches bottom,
it turns and comes up the inside diameter
of the tool and exits into the casing/
workstring annulus above the packoff for
return to surface. An inner Boot Basket
Junk Catcher is incorporated into the
RCT to catch and retain debris circulated
from the wellbore. The RCT allows
washover and milling operations to be
conducted in a reverse circulation mode
causing milled junk to be caught and
retained inside the tool. The RCT has
proven to be an effective tool for use in
both vertical and directional wells.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Eliminates casing damage caused by
junk trapped between the casing and
the bottomhole assemblies
• Faster rate of penetration and longer
shoe life
• Eliminates damage to bottomhole as-
semblies by keeping milled junk inside
the RCT
• Allows reverse circulation downhole
without having to reverse from surface
• Can be utilized below open-thief zones
or damaged casing
• Fishing, milling, and washover opera-
tions can be conducted continuously
while reverse circulating
• It is not necessary for the hole to be full
- fluid level must stand above working
depth

“M” REVERSE CIRCULATING TOOL

PRODUCT NO. 131-23
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing OD (In.) 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8
(mm) 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5
Weight (lb/ft) 23 - 38 24 - 39 28 - 44 32.3 - 53.5
(kg/m) 34,2 - 56,5 35,7 - 58 41,6 - 65,4 48 - 79,5
Top Connection 3-1/2 API-IF 3-1/2 API-IF 3-1/2 API-IF 3-1/2 API-IF
Bottom Connection 5-1/2 WFJ 5-1/2 WFJ 5-1/2 WFJ 5-1/2 WFJ
Tool OD (In.) 5-9/16 5-9/16 5-9/16 5-9/16
(mm) 141,3 141,3 141,3 141,3

“M” Reverse Circulating Tool

Product No. 131-23

30
 FISHING SERVICES

WINDOWMASTER ™ throughout the operation and milling

Product No. 150-77
The WindowMaster is the first one-trip
window milling system. The Window-
Master mill design makes it possible to
run the milling and reaming assembly
with the whipstock while starting and
completing the window to full opening,
all in the same trip. The WindowMaster
mills utilize METAL MUNCHER ® tech-
nology so that the window is not only
achieved in one run, but also results in
less milling time than conventional mills.
The packer/anchor and bottom trip
anchor are compatible with the
WindowMaster Whipstock Systems, as
described on pages 34-36.
The milling assembly is sheared off
with downward force only. The milling
weight should be low and constant
should continue until the entire milling
assembly has passed through the win-
dow. After the proper depth is reached,
the milling assembly should be able to
pass in and out of the window with no
drag. If drag occurs continue reaming
until the milling assembly can pass freely
through the window.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• One BHA trip window
• Milling and reaming performed
simultaneously
• Trip time is less than conventional
window cutting operations
• Variety of packers/anchor systems
available
• Retrievable feature available
• Utilizes METAL MUNCHER technology

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Casing Weight Whipstock OD Upper Watermelon Mill OD
In. lb/ft In. In.
mm kg/m mm mm
5-1/2 14.00 4-1/8 4-3/4
140 6,36 105 121
15.50 4-1/8 4-3/4
7,05 105 121
17.00 4-1/8 4-3/4
7,73 105 121
20.00 4-1/8 4-1/2
9,09 105 114
23.00 4-1/8 4-1/2
10,45 105 114
6-5/8 20.00 5-1/2 5.875
168 9,09 140 149
7 20.00 5-1/2 6.25
178 9,09 140 159
23.00 - 26.00 5-1/2 6.151
10,45 - 11,81 140 156
29.00 5-1/2 6.151
13,18 140 156
32.00 5-1/2 5.969
14,55 140 152
35.00 5-1/2 5.875
15,91 140 149
7-5/8 29.70 6 6.75
194 13,50 152 171
33.70 6 6.625
15,32 152 168
39.00 6 6.5
17,73 152 165
42.80 5-1/2 6.375
19,45 140 162
45.3 - 47.1 5-1/2 6.25
20,59 - 21,40 140 159
9-5/8 36.00 8 8.765
244 16,36 203 223
40.00 8 8.675
18,18 203 220
43.50 8 8.6
19,77 203 218
47.00 8 8.5
21,36 203 216
53.5 - 58.4 8 8.375
24,31 - 26,54 203 213

For information on Thru-Tubing Whipstock, see pages 100-101. WindowMaster

For more information on Watermelon, String, and Taper Mills, see pages 20-21. Product No. 150-77

31
 FISHING SERVICES

EASTMAN STYLE WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM

Product No. 150-74
The Eastman Style Whipstock is the industry standard permanent whipstock side-
track system. Hundreds of these systems have been successfully run and anchors
available consist of either a permanent anchor/packer system or bottom-trip anchor.
The whipstock is made of AISI 4140 material and is specifically designed for each
casing size and weight. The whipstock is tripped into the hole with a starting mill and
held in place with a shear bolt attached to a lug pad. After the whipstock is oriented
in the proper direction, the shear bolt is severed and milling procedure begins. The
initial cut is most crucial and this is accomplished by the starting mill in the first 1-1/2
to 2-1/2 feet. This assembly is then tripped out and the window/watermelon mill is run
to mill and ream the rest of the window. If needed, a clean-up run can be made with
a tapered mill and watermelon mill assembly.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Casing Drift Whipstock Whipstock Mill
Size Size Diameter OD Packer Size
In. mm lbs/ft mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
5 127,0 18 26,8 4.151 105,4 3-7/8 98,4 4 100,8 4-1/8 104,8
15 22,3 4.283 108,8 4 101,6 4 100,8 4-1/4 108,0
13 19,4 4.369 111,0 4 101,6 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/4 108,0
11.5 17,1 4.435 112,6 4 101,6 4-1/4 108,0 4-3/8 111,1
5-1/2 139,7 23 34,3 4.545 115,4 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/3 109,9 4-1/2 114,3
20 29,8 4.653 118,2 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/3 109,9 4-5/8 117,5
17 25,3 4.767 121,1 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-3/4 120,7
15.5 23,1 4.825 122,6 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-3/4 120,7
14 20,9 4.887 124,1 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-7/8 123,8
6-5/8 168,3 32 47,7 5.55 141,0 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 139,7
28 41,7 5.666 143,9 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-5/8 142,9
24 35,7 5.796 147,2 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-3/4 146,1
20 29,8 5.924 150,5 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 138,9 5-7/8 149,2
7 177,8 38 56,6 5.795 147,2 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-3/4 146,1
35 52,1 5.879 149,3 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 138,9 5-7/8 149,2
32 47,7 5.969 151,6 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 5-7/8 149,2
29 43,2 6.059 153,9 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 6 152,4
26 38,7 6.151 156,2 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 6-1/8 155,6
23 34,3 6.241 158,5 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 6-1/8 155,6
20 29,8 6.331 160,8 5-1/2 139,7 6-1/5 157,2 6-1/4 158,8
17 25,3 6.413 162,9 5-1/2 139,7 6-1/5 157,2 6-3/8 161,9
7-5/8 193,7 39 58,1 6.5 165,1 6 152,4 6-3/8 161,9 6-1/2 165,1
33.7 50,2 6.64 168,7 6 152,4 6-3/8 161,9 6-5/8 168,3
29.7 44,2 6.75 171,5 6-1/4 158,8 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/4 171,5
26.4 39,3 6.844 173,8 6-1/4 158,8 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/4 171,5
24 35,7 6.9 175,3 6-1/4 158,8 6-3/8 161,9 6-7/8 174,6
8-5/8 219,1 49 73,0 7.386 187,6 7 177,8 7-1/8 181,0 7-3/8 187,3
44 65,5 7.5 190,5 7 177,8 7-1/8 181,0 7-1/2 190,5
40 59,6 7.6 193,0 7 177,8 7-1/8 181,0 7-1/2 190,5
36 53,6 7.7 195,6 7 177,8 7-1/8 181,0 7-5/8 193,7
32 47,7 7.796 198,0 7 177,8 7-1/2 190,5 7-3/4 196,9
28 41,7 7.892 200,5 7 177,8 7-1/2 190,5 7-7/8 200,0
24 35,7 7.972 202,5 7 177,8 7-1/2 190,5 7-7/8 200,0
9-5/8 244,5 53.5 79,7 8.379 212,8 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-3/8 212,7
47 70,0 8.525 216,5 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/2 215,9
43.5 64,8 8.599 218,4 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/2 215,9
40 59,6 8.679 220,4 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-5/8 219,1
36 53,3 8.765 222,6 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-3/4 222,3
32.3 48,1 8.845 224,7 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-3/4 222,3
10-3/4 273,1 55.5 82,7 9.604 243,9 9 228,6 9-4/9 239,7 9-1/2 241,3
51 76,0 6.694 170,0 9 228,6 9-4/9 239,7 9-5/8 244,5
45 5 67,8 9.794 248,8 9 228,6 9-4/9 239,7 9-3/4 247,7
40.5 60,3 9.894 251,3 9 228,6 9-4/9 239,7 9-3/4 247,7
32.75 48,8 10.036 254,9 9 228,6 9-4/9 239,7 9-7/8 250,8
11-3/4 298,5 60 89,4 10.616 269,6 10 254,0 10-4/9 265,1 10-1/2 266,7
54 80,4 10.724 272,4 10 254,0 10-4/9 265,1 10-5/8 269,9
47 70,0 10.844 275,4 10 254,0 10-4/9 265,1 10-3/4 273,1
42 62,6 10.928 277,6 10 254,0 10-4/9 265,1 10-3/4 273,1
13-3/8 339,7 72 107,2 12.191 309,7 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8 12-1/8 308,0
68 101,3 12.259 311,4 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8 12-1/8 308,0
Eastman Style 61 90,9 12.359 313,9 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8 12-1/4 311,2
Whipstock System 54.5 81,2 12.459 316,5 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8 12-1/4 311,2
Product No. 150-74 48 71,5 12.559 319,0 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8 12-3/8 314,3

32
 FISHING SERVICES

CEMENTED WHIPSTOCK
SYSTEM
Product No. 150-68
The Cemented Whipstock is used in
applications where the casing integrity is
in question, or in low-cost environment
operations.
The Cemented Whipstock System
consists of a whipstock with a circulating
port through the length of the whipstock,
a perforated tube or casing below the
whipstock, and a running tool. The whip-
stock is run in the hole with the running
tool and set on a cement plug, bridge
plug, or false bottom and can also be
oriented. Cement is pumped through
the running tool, through the whipstock,
and through the perforated tube back up
around the whipstock. A shear bolt is
severed, separating the whipstock from
the running tool, and cement is brought
up to a predetermined height above the
top of the whipstock. Cement can be
reverse circulated at that point.
After the cement hardens, the mill-
out assembly is run to mill out through
the casing. The cement supports the
window mill so the mill is forced by the
whipstock into the casing wall and an exit
is performed. An optional clean-out as-
sembly can then be run after milling out
into formation.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Low cost system if rig time is not a
concern
• Ideal application if casing integrity is
poor or suspect
• Conventionally orientated
• Cement secures whipstock into
casing
• Cement forms an internal casing
pressure seal from lower production

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Whipstock Window
Size Weight OD Perforated Extension Size
In. lb/ft In. In. In.
mm kg/m mm mm mm
5 11.5 - 18 4 3-1/2 3-3/4 - 4-3/8
127 17,1 - 26,8 102 89 95 - 111
18 - 24.2 3-3/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 - 4-1/8
26,8 - 36,1 95 89 95 - 105
5-1/2 14 - 20 4-1/2 4 4-5/8 - 4-7/8
140 20,9 - 29,8 114 102 117 - 124
23 - 29.7 4 3-1/2 4-1/4 - 4-1/2
34,3 - 44,3 102 89 108 - 114
6-5/8 17 - 24 5-1/2 4-1/2 5-3/4
168 25,3 - 35,8 139 114 146
6 28 - 36.7 5-1/4 4-1/2 5-3/8 - 5-5/8
152 41,7 - 54,7 133 114 137 - 143
7 20 - 38 5-5/8 5 5-3/4 - 6-1/4
178 29,8 - 56,7 143 127 146 - 159
9-5/8 29.3 - 40 8-3/8 7 8-5/8 - 8-7/8
244 43,7 - 59,6 213 178 219 - 225
43.5 - 53.5 8 7 8-1/2 - 8-3/8
64,9 - 79,8 203 178 216 - 211

For information on Thru-Tubing Whipstock, see pages 100-101.

For more information on Watermelon, String, and Taper Mills, see pages 20-21.

Cemented Whipstock
Product No. 150-68

33
 FISHING SERVICES

TORQUEMASTER ™
WHIPSTOCK PACKER FEATURES/BENEFITS
Product No. 415-18 • Short compact design minimizes
The TorqueMaster Packer and anchor whipstock deflection
system is to permanently orient and an- • Orientation is adjustable within 1.5°
chor a whipstock in a cased wellbore for accuracy
sidetrack operations. The TorqueMaster • Patent pending “cam cone” design
operates the same as Baker’s traditional withstands up to 20,000 ft-lbs.
whipstock packers, but has some perfor- (27,093N-m) of torque
mance enhancements. These enhance- • Unique wicker pattern on slips to resist
ments include an increased pressure torque and axial loads
rating, torque rating, weldless construc- • No welded components
tion, and shorter design to decrease • Orientation key not located in a
whipstock deflections. The pressure containing member
TorqueMaster system offers improved • System is compatible with other
performance over “DW-1” ™ whipstock whipstock manufacturers
packers, and “W-2” ™ whipstock anchors. • Enhanced orientation key
The TorqueMaster is not intended to • Packer can function as a bridge plug
replace the “ML” ™ whipstock packer and • Packer orientation key and anchor’s
anchor where production from below the muleshoe have maximum contact area
packer is expected after sidetrack op- for bearing strength
erations. • 7500 psi (51,7 MPa) plugged pressure
The size designation on the new rating
TorqueMaster packer includes two • 70 to 300°F (21 to 149°C) temperature
numbers. The first number indicates rating
the OD, and the second number de- • Drillpipe connections standard on
notes the ID. For example, a 588-32 is anchor
a 5.88" (149,4 mm) OD with a seal • Shuttle piston compensates for fluid
bore ID of 3.25" (32,6 mm). displacement when stabbing anchor
into a closed system

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing *New RPP Packer Packer Range Packer
Size Weight Size Size Gauge OD Min ID Max ID Seal Bore
In. mm lbs/ft kg/m In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
5.500 140 23.00 34,30 433-19 (A) 42-26 D 4.328 110 4.578 116,28 4.868 123,64
20.00 29,82
17.00 25,35 1.968 50
5.500 140 15.50 23,11 450-19 (A) 44-26 D 4.500 114 4.819 122 5.090 129
14.00 20,87
7.000 178 38.00 56,67
6.625 168 24.00 35,79 569-26 (A) 83-40 F 5.687 144 5.801 147 6.123 156
7.000 178 35.00 52,20
(A)
7.000 178 32.00 47,72 588-26 85-40 F 5.875 149 5.990 152 6.293 160
29.00 43,24
7.000 178 26.00 38,77
23.00 34,30 600-26 (A) 87-40 F 6.000 152 6.187 157 6.750 171
7.625 194 42.80 63,83
7.000 178 20.00 29,82
7.625 194 42.80 63,83 2.688 68
7.000 178 20.00 29,82 625-26 (A) 89-40 F 6.250 159 6.376 162 6.750 171
7.750 197 46.10 68,75
7.000 178 17.00 25,35
7.625 194 39.00 58,16
33.70 50,25
7.625 194 29.70 44,29 650-26 (A) 91-40 F 6.500 165 6.662 169 7.129 181
26.40 39,37
24.00 35,79
53.50 79,78
47.00 70,09
9.625 245 43.50 64,87 813-26 194-47 D 8.125 206 8.405 213 9.050 230
40.00 59,65
36.60 54,58
TorqueMaster Whipstock Packer 40.50 60,40
10.750 273 45.50 67,85 944-26 (A) 214-47 D 9.437 240 9.604 244 10.190 259
Product No. 415-18 51.00 76,05
55.50 82,77
(A)
Sizes under developement.

34
 FISHING SERVICES

WHIPSTOCK ONE TRIP

HYDRAULIC SET PACKER
(ANNULAR SET)
Product No. 415-18
The Whipstock One Trip Hydraulic
Packer has been designed to be run in
hole with the WindowMaster system.
Once at depth the whipstock is oriented,
the packer is set, and the window is cut.
Thus a true one trip whipstock system is
available.
The packer is annular pressure sen-
sitive and is set by increasing annulus
pressure to a predetermined value.
When set, the packer is anchored and
rotationally locked to the casing by means
of a field proven slip mechanism.
The Whipstock One Trip Hydraulic
Packer may be used only in wells with
pressure integrity of casing intact.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Patented slip profile provides positive
resistance to rotation of the packer
within the casing. The 9-5/8" casing
packer has been torqued to 20,000 ft-
lbs (27200 Nm) without failure.
• Provides proven sealing reliability of a
Model “D” Packing Element System.
• Packer is plugged when set and acts
as a barrier to pressure below. The
9-5/8" packer has been tested to 5000
psi (344,82 bar) above and below the
element.
• The WindowMaster Whipstock can be
retrieved from the set packer. Along
with the WindowMaster Whipstock, the
packer top sub and setting sleeve
mechanism is retrieved leaving a short
non-rotating packer in hole if milling of
packer is required.
• If the WindowMaster Whipstock has to
be retrieved, the packer bore can be
speared with a packer retrieving tool
if washing over the packer slips is the
preferred method of retrieval.
• The 9-5/8" packer has a 500,000 lbs
(227272 kg) set down and 180,000 lbs
(81818 kg) (disconnect shear ring)
tensile rating.
• Does not require bottom or bridge plug
for setting.

9-5/8" PACKER
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Setting Depth (T.V.D) 5000 - 9000 ft / 1524 - 2743 m 9000 - 13000 ft / 2743 - 3962 m
Commodity Number 415-18-1902 415-18-1903
Casing Weight 40 - 53.5 lbs/ft / 53,65 - 79,78 kg/m 40 - 53.5 lbs/ft / 53,65 - 79,78 kg/m
Rated Pressure (Above) 5000 psi / 345 bar 5000 psi / 345 bar
Rated Pressure (Below) 7500 psi / 517 bar 7500 psi / 517 bar
Torque Rating 20,000 ft-lbs / 27,000 Nm 20,000 ft-lbs / 27,000 Nm

7" PACKER
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Setting Depth (T.V.D) 2000 - 6000 ft / 610 - 1829 m
Casing Weight 23 - 26 lbs/ft / 39,83 - 38,78 kg/m
Rated Pressure (Above) 5000 psi / 345 bar
Rated Pressure (Below) 5000 psi / 345 bar
Torque Rating 10,000 ft-lbs / 13,500 Nm
Whipstock One Trip
Hydraulic Set Packer (Annular Set)
Product No. 415-18

35
 FISHING SERVICES

BOTTOM TRIP ANCHOR

Product No. 150-55
The Bottom Trip Anchor is a low cost
alternative to the packer/anchor assem-
bly. The mechanically-set anchor is en-
ergized on a bridge plug, cement plug, or
other false bottom. The slip design,
consisting of vertically or horizontally
wickered slips, provides a 360° gripping
area on a torsionally locked body. The
Bottom Trip Anchor’s modular design
allows use with most whipstock sys-
tems. Bottom Trip Anchors are available
for permanent or retrievable whipstocks.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Low cost
• Proven design
• Retrievable design allows for slip re-
traction which prevents scaring cas-
ing during the retrieving process
• Does not require circulation to acti-
vate, may be used with MWD
• Extensions may be added to plunger
adjusting depth of window in relation
to obstruction or restriction
• Slip design eliminates risk of rotation

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Casing Weight Anchor OD
In. lb/ft In. Assembly Number
mm kg/m mm
5-1/2 14.00 - 15.50 4.693 150-55-5503
140 6,36 - 7,04 119
5-1/2 17.00 - 20.00 4.475 150-55-5504
140 7,72 - 9,09 114
7 23.00 - 29.00 5.906 150-55-7003
178 10,45 - 13,18 150
7 32.00 - 38.00 5.784 150-55-7004
178 14,54 - 17,27 147
7-5/8 29.70 - 33.70 6.510 150-55-7601
194 13,50 - 15,31 165
7-5/8 42.80 - 47.10 6.190 150-55-7602
194 19,45 - 21,41 157
9-5/8 32.30 - 36.00 8.625 150-55-9603
244 14,68 - 16,36 219
9-5/8 40.00 - 53.50 8.419 150-55-9602
244 18,18 - 24,32 214

Bottom Trip Anchor

Product No. 150-55

36
 FISHING SERVICES

ROLLING DOG WHIPSTOCK LUG TYPE RETRIEVING TOOL

RETRIEVING OVERSHOT
Product No. 150-64
The Rolling Dog Whipstock Retrieving
Overshot is designed to be the second
line of attack when retrieving a whip-
stock. The tool engages when it has
passed over the whipstock then picked
up. The bottom of the tool has a cutlip
design so that the whipstock can be
pulled off the wall into the overshot. If the
whipstock cannot be pulled, the overshot
may be released by using pump pres-
sure to retract the dog.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Cutlip design eliminates need to
orientate tool downhole
• Hydraulically releasable
• Latches anywhere on the whipstock
Product No. 150-64
The Lug Type Retrieving Tool is de-
signed to be the first line of attack in
retrieval of a WindowMaster Whipstock.
The Lug Type Retrieving Tool is de-
signed to latch into the retrieval slot cut in
the face of the whipstock. The tool is
designed with wash ports so that the
retrieval slot may be jetted out prior to
attempting to engage. When properly
oriented, the tool engages the whipstock
with straight pick up. A MWD or wireline
orientation sub should be run in case the
proper orientation cannot be found. If the
whipstock cannot be pulled, the tool is
easily released using pump pressure to
retract the lug.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Hydraulically releasable
• Jetted for cleaning of retrieval window Rolling Dog Whipstock
Retrieving Overshot
Product No. 150-64

LUG TYPE RETRIEVING TOOL

PRODUCT NO. 150-64
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Casing Weight Tool OD Connection
In. mm lb/ft kg/m In. mm
5-1/2 139,7 14 - 20 20,87 - 29,82 4.125 104,8 2-7/8 API IF
7 177,8 20 - 38 29,82 - 56,67 5.25 133,4 3-1/2 API IF
7-5/8 193,7 26.4 - 47.1 39,37 - 70,24 5.25 133,4 3-1/2 API IF
9-5/8 244,5 40 - 58.4 59,65 - 87,09 6.375 161,9 4-1/2 API IF

ROLLING DOG WHIPSTOCK RETRIEVING OVERSHOT

PRODUCT NO. 150-64
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Casing Weight Tool OD Connection
In. mm lb/ft kg/m In. mm
5-1/2 140 14 - 17 20,87 - 25,35 4.75 120,7 2-7/8 API IF
7 178 23 - 29 34,30 - 43,24 6 152,4 3-1/2 API IF
7 194 32 - 38 47,72 - 56,67 5.75 146,1 3-1/2 API IF
7-5/8 244 26.4 - 39 39,37 - 58,16 6.5 165,1 3-1/2 API IF
7-5/8 194 42.8 - 47.1 63,83 - 70,24 6.25 158,8 3-1/2 API IF
9-5/8 244 36 - 43.5 53,68 - 64,87 8.6 218,4 4-1/2 API IF
9-5/8 244 47 - 53.5 70,09 - 79,78 8.125 206,4 4-1/2 API IF

Lug Type Retrieving Tool

Product No. 150-64

37
 FISHING SERVICES

“ML” ™ WHIPSTOCK
PACKER AND “ML” ™
ORIENTATION ANCHOR
Product Nos. 783-62 & 783-58
The “ML” Whipstock is designed to pro-
vide a premium permanent sealing da-
tum point for the “ML” Anchor. By using
the “ML” Packer and Anchor many of the
problems associated with orientation of
bent liner joints and scoophead diverters
can be reduced.
The “ML” Packer may be set on
wireline or pipe with standard Baker set-
ting tools. For applications where orien-
tation is extremely critical, a gyro survey
should be run to determine orientation of
key with the hole geometry. Once the
orientation is know, the “ML” Anchor can
be easily adjusted while hanging below
the whipstock, guidestock or diverter.
The “ML” Anchor incorporates a simple
guide track that aligns with the torque lug
in the packer.
Retrieval of the “ML” Anchor is ac-
complished by straight pull to the amount
of tension defined by the shear ring.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Utilizes standard setting tools
• Provides high torque permanent
datum
• Maximum ID for high production rates
• Proven orientation and anchoring
system
• Same anchor used for whipstock,
drilling and production
• Orientation is fully adjustable on
location

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing New RPP Packer Packer Range Packer
Size Weight Size Size Gauge OD Min ID Max ID Seal Bore
In. mm lbs/ft kg/m In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
7.000 178 38.00 56,67
6.625 168 24.00 35,79 569-47 x 388 83-40 F 5.687 144,4 5.801 147,3 6.123 155,5
7.000 178 35.00 52,19
7.000 178 32.00 47,72 588-47 x 388 85-40 F 5.875 149 5.990 152,1 6.293 159,8
29.00 43,24
7.000 178 26.00 38,77
23.00 34,30 600-47 x 388 87-40 F 6.000 155 6.187 157 6.750 171
7.625 194 42.80 63,83
7.000 178 20.00 29,82
7.625 194 42.80 63,83 4.750 121
7.000 178 20.00 29,82 625-47 x 388 89-40 F 6.250 159 6.376 162 6.750 171
7.750 197 46.10 63,83
7.000 178 17.00 25,35
7.625 194 39.00 58,16
33.70 50,25
7.625 194 29.70 44,29 650-47 x 388 91-40 F 6.500 165 6.662 169 7.129 181
26.40 39,37
24.00 35,79
53.50 79,78
47.00 70,09
9.625 244 43.50 64,87 813-47 x 388 194-47 D 8.125 206 8.405 213 9.050 230
40.00 59,65
“ML” Whipstock Packer 36.60 54,59
Product No. 783-62

38
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ MODEL “D” ™ After milling for three to five feet,

SECTION MILL
Product No. 150-72
The TRI-STATE Model “D” Section Mill
is an inside cutter and section mill de-
signed for side-tracking operations as
well as for milling perforated casing in
production zones, loose joints of surface
pipe, and old casing for cementing new
smaller casing to the formation.
The “D” Section Mill should be run
with a minimum of 10,000 lbs (4545 kg)
of string weight available in the
bottomhole assembly and with a bit or
mill below the tool to help enter the hole
and stir cuttings during milling operation.
The cut is started slowly, approximately
two to five feet above a coupling, then
brought to a speed of 80+ RPMs for the
cut-out. The pump is started and the
number of strokes increased to give a
minimum pressure drop of 400 psi (27,58
bar) across the mandrel nozzle. During
cut-out, approximately 1" is slacked off in
1/16" increments over a period of five to
ten minutes. Once the pump gauge
shows a definite pressure drop of 200 psi
(13,79 bar), indicating that the casing
has been cut through, pressure is in-
creased until the annular velocity is suf-
ficient to bring cuttings out of the hole.
RPMs and weight on mill may be ad-
justed to obtain optimum mill perfor-
mance.
rotation continues and the pump is
stopped while picking up off the casing.
Pressure is allowed to equalize and rota-
tion is stopped while picking up into the
casing above the cut point. Pressure is
then resumed and slacked off into the
window. The resulting pressure drop
verifies cut-out and removes any shav-
ing which may have entered the tool
while making the window cut-out. Milling
operations are continued.
If torque increases above normal, the
pumps may be stopped and the tool
pulled into the window to remove
cuttings.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Operates hydraulically for fast efficient
downhole milling
• Knife design reduces long stringers
and removes casing in short chips for
easy lift and removal by the
drilling fluid
• All six knives are used for the initial
cut-out, reducing cut-out time and mini-
mizing the chance of bent or broken
knives
• Knives are dressed with tungsten car-
bide inserts utilizing METAL
MUNCHER technology for faster mill-
ing and increased downhole life
• Body tool parts constructed from AISI
4140 heat-treated alloy steel

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD of Tool (In.) 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-1/4 7-1/4 8-1/4 9-1/4 9-3/4 11-1/2
(mm) 114,3 139,7 158,8 184,2 209,6 235 247,7 292,1
Top Connection 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 5-1/2 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8
(mm) 139,7 177,8 193,7 219,1 244,5 273,1 298,5 39,7

“D” Section
Product No. 150-72

39
 FISHING SERVICES

LOCKOMATIC EXPANDING HOLE

OPENER AND SECTION MILL
Product No. 150-79 (Underreamer)
Product No. 150-95 (Section Mill)
The Lockomatic is a positive direct locking expanding
hole opener. The locking mechanism is tied directly to
the drillstring, allowing the driller complete control. The
postive locking also assures the underreamed section
will be full gauge. These same features make the
Lockomatic an excellent section mill.
The Lockomatic is run with a standard drilling BHA.
The positive locking allows the tool to be run in the hole
like a drill bit. Once the hole section to be underreamed
is reached the tool is activated hydraulically. Once the
tool reaches full open gauge, expansion can be checked
by shutting down the pumps. When the Lockomatic is
fully opened, it will take drilling weight. The main
fuction of the circulation from this point will be hole
cleaning.
Straight pickup without the pumps will close the
tool. If the tool takes weight at the casing shoe, it may
be necessary to slack off and rotate at 100+ RPM
without the pumps to sling off any cuttings trapped
under the arms.
The Lockomatic may be dressed with any type of
Roller Cone, PDC, Diamond Cutters or METAL
MUNCHER Section Mill Knives.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Fast run-ins
• Assured gauge hole
• Can be supplied with any type bit cone
• Available with PCD cutter arms
• Rugged design
• Knife design reduces stringers by removing casing
Lockomatic Lockomatic
as small chips
Section Mill Expanding Hole Opener
Product No. 150-95 Product No. 150-79

LOCKOMATIC SECTION MILL

PRODUCT NO. 150-95
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD of Tool (In.) 3-11/16 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-9/16 6 7-1/2 9-1/2 12 14-1/2
(mm) 93,7 108,0 120,7 141,3 152,4 190,5 241,3 304,8 368,3

Top Connection 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8
API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg

Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 - 5 5 - 5-1/2 5-1/2 - 6 6-5/8 - 7 7 - 7-5/8 8-5/8 - 9-5/8 10-3/4 - 11-3/4 13-3/8 - 16 18-5/8 - 20
(mm) 114,3 - 127 127 - 139,7 139,7 - 152,4 168,3 - 177,8 177,8 - 193,7 219,1 - 244,5 273 - 298,5 339,7 - 406,4 473,1 - 508

Max Blade (In.) 5.46 - 5.75 6.18 - 6.54 6.43 - 7.03 8.27 8.40 - 9.25 10.37 - 11.37 12.5 - 13.5 15.12 - 17.75 19.75 - 21.75
Expansion (mm) 138,7 - 146 157 - 166,3 163,5 - 178,6 210,2 213,5 - 234,9 263,5 - 288,9 317,5 - 342,9 384,2 - 450,8 501,6 - 552,5

40
 FISHING SERVICES

LOCKOMATIC EXPANDING HOLE OPENER

PRODUCT NO. 150-79
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tooth Type Formation Cutters
Tool Less Cutters Cutters
API Reg API Reg Max Tool Tool (Only) Closed Expanded Cutter Equivalent
Size Model Pin Up Box Down OD Product No. Gauge Gauge Arm Code Bit Size RPM Part No.
In. / mm In. / mm In. mm In. mm
5-5/8 143 2SA5-5/8 3-3/4 95 25 - 65
2 KSA 2-3/8 3-11/16 15079100 3-3/4 6 152 2SA6 (I.A.D.C.) 03-04402-00
KSB 94 15079200 95 6-3/4 171 2SB6-3/4 (221) 20 - 55
7-1/2 191 2SB7-1/2
6 152 4SA6 4-3/4 121 32 - 79
4 KSA 2-3/8 4-3/4 15081100 4-3/4 6-3/4 171 4SA6-3/4 (I.A.D.C.) 28 - 70
121 121 7-3/4 197 4SA7-3/4 (211) 25 - 61 03-04404-00
8-1/2 216 4SA8-1/2 22 - 56
7-5/8 194 5SA7-5/8 5-5/8 143 30 - 74
5 KSA 3-1/2 5-9/16 15082100 5-9/16 8 203 5SA8 (I.A.D.C.) 28 - 70
141 141 9 229 5SA9 (221) 25 - 63 03-04405-00
9-3/4 248 5SA9-3/4 23 - 58
KSB 15082200 11 279 5SB11 21 - 51
7-5/8 194 6SA7-5/8 31 - 79
8-1/2 216 6SA8-1/2 6 152 28 - 71
KSA 15083100 9 229 6SA9 (I.A.D.C.) 27 - 67
6 3-1/2 6 6 9-1/2 241 6SA9-1/2 (211) 25 - 63 03-04406-00
152 152 9-7/8 251 6SA9-7/8 24 - 61
10-5/8 270 6SB10-5/8 23 - 56
KSB 15083200 11 279 6SB11 22 - 55
12 305 69SB12 20 - 50
8-1/2 216 7SA8-1/2 35 - 88
9 229 7SA9 33 - 83
9-1/2 241 7SA9-1/2 7-1/2 191 32 - 79
7 KSA 4-1/2 7-1/2 15084100 7-1/2 9-7/8 251 7SA9-7/8 (I.A.D.C.) 30 - 76 03-04407-00
191 191 11 279 7SA11 (211) 27 - 68
12-1/4 311 7SA12-1/4 24 - 61
13 330 7SA13 23 - 58
KSB 15084200 14 356 7SB14 21 - 54
15 381 7SB15 20 - 50
12-1/4 311 9SA12-1/4 9 229 29 - 73
KSA 15086100 14 356 9SA14 (I.A.D.C.) 26 - 64
15 381 9SA15 (211) 24 - 60
9-1/2 16 406 9SA16 23 - 56
241 18 457 9SB18 20 - 50
9 KSB 5-1/2 6-5/8 9-1/2 15086200 19 483 9SB19 19 - 47 03-04409-00
241 10-1/2 18 457 9SB10-1/2 x 18 20 - 50
21 533 9SB10-1/2 x 21 17 - 43
12-1/4 311 9WA12-1/4 7-1/2 191 24 - 61
KWA 15086300 9-1/2 13-1/2 343 9WA 13-1/2 (I.A.D.C.) 22 - 56
241 15 381 9WA15 (211) 20 - 50
16 406 9WA16 19 - 47
15 381 10SA15 12-1/4 311 33 - 82
16 406 10SA16 (I.A.D.C.) 31 - 77
12-1/4 17-1/2 445 10SA17 1/2 (221) 28 - 70 03-04410-00
311 18 457 10SA18 27 - 68
KSA 15087100 18-5/8 473 10SA18 5/8 26 - 66
22 559 10SA15-1/2 x 22 22 - 56
15-1/2 24 610 10S15-1/2 x 24 20 - 51
26 660 10SA15-1/2 x 26 19 - 47
10 6-5/8 6-5/8 12 15 381 10WA15 9 229 24 - 60
305 12-1/4 17-1/2 445 10WA17-1/2 (I.A.D.C.) 21 - 51
18 457 10WA18 (221) 19 - 48
LWA 15087500 14-3/4 375 10WA14-3/4 10-5/8 270 35 - 71
14-3/4 18-1/2 470 18-1/2 (I.A.D.C.)
375 14-3/4 375 10WA 14-3/4 (111) 29 - 58
22 559 22
18-1/2 470 11WA18 1/2 26 - 66
LWA 6-5/8 6-5/8 15088500 14-3/4 20 508 11WA20 25 - 61 03-04642-00
375 22 559 11WA22 12-1/4 311 22 - 56
11 7-5/8 7-5/8 14-1/2 15088510 15-1/2 x 26 394 x 660 11WA15-1/2 x 26 (I.A.D.C.) 19 - 47
368 15-1/2 15-1/2 x 24 394 x 610 11WB15-1/2 x 24 (211) 20 - 51
LWB 6-5/8 7-5/8 15088605 394 15-1/2 x 26 394 x 660 11WB15-1/2 x 26 19 - 47 03-04792-00
15-1/2 x 28 394 x 711 11WB15-1/2 x 28 13-3/4 349 18 - 46
12 KWB 7-5/8 7-5/8 18 15089400 18-1/2 28 711 12WB28 (I.A.D.C.) 39 - 133 03-04411-00
457 470 (111)
* Table RPM is based on bit manufacture recommendations — reduced in proportion to the diameter increase from equivalent bit size to expanded gauge.
Higher RPM can be used, but will result in a corresponding reduction in bearing life.

41
 FISHING SERVICES

WASHPIPE DATA
PRODUCT NO. 156-60
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connec- OD Gage Weight Inside Wall Upset Drift Make Up Torque Joint Tensile Joint Washover
tion No. Plain End Diameter Thickness Diameter Diameter Effici- Size
Rec. Max. Yield Strength ency Rec. Max
(In.) (mm) (lbs/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (ft/lb) (N/m) (ft/lb) (N/m) (lbs) (kg) % (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)
TSWP 3-3/8 85,73 318 10.02 14,89 2.764 70,21 0.305 7,75 2.639 67,03 1,000 741 4,000 2963 111,500 50510 47 2-1/2 63,5 2-5/8 66,68
TSWP 3-1/2 88,9 127 12.31 18,3 2.764 70,21 0.368 9,35 2.639 67,03 1,100 815 4,500 3333 160,000 72480 54 2-1/2 63,5 2-5/8 66,68
TSWP 3-1/2 88,9 422 8.81 13,09 2.992 76 0.254 6,45 2.867 72,82 850 630 3,400 2519 97,400 44122 47 2.69 68,26 2-7/8 73,03
TSWP 3-5/8 92,08 674 7.06 10,49 3.24 82,3 0.192 4,88 3.115 79,12 630 467 2,550 1889 74,000 33522 45 3.00 76,2 3-1/8 79,38
TSWP 3-3/4 95,25 675 9.55 14,19 3.238 82,25 0.256 6,5 3.113 79,07 980 726 3,950 2926 108,700 49241 45 3.00 76,2 3-1/8 79,38
TSWP 3-3/4 95,25 196 10.46 15,55 3.185 80,9 0.283 7,19 3.06 77,72 1,115 826 4,470 3311 123,100 55764 50 3.00 76,2 3-1/8 79,38
TSWP 3-13/16 96,84 75 11.7 17,39 3.187 80,95 0.313 7,95 3.062 77,77 1,225 907 5,050 3741 138,500 62741 50 3.00 76,2 3-1/8 79,38
TSWP° 4 101,6 58 12.93 19,22 3.34 84,84 0.33 8,38 3.215 81,66 1,370 1015 5,600 4148 153,670 69613 51 3-1/16 77,79 3-1/4 82,55
TSWP 4-3/8 111,13 91 12.02 17,87 3.826 97,18 0.275 6,99 3.701 94,01 1,400 1037 5,600 4148 134,000 60702 47 3-1/2 88,9 3-3/4 95,25
TSWP 4-3/8 111,13 91 13.58 20,18 3.749 95,22 0.313 7,95 3.624 92,05 1,660 1230 6,650 4926 158,700 71891 50 3-1/2 88,9 3-5/8 92,08
TSS 4-1/2 114,3 117 11.35 16,87 4 101,6 0.25 6,35 3.875 98,43 1,200 889 4,800 3556 99,250 44960 37 3-3/4 95,25 3-7/8 98,43
TSWP° 4-1/2 114,3 148 13.04 19,38 3.92 99,57 0.29 7,37 3.795 96,39 1,460 1081 5,860 4341 160,800 72842 52 3-5/8 92,08 3-3/4 95,25
TSWP° 4-1/2 114,3 59 14.98 22,26 3.826 97,18 0.337 8,56 3.701 94,01 1,800 1333 7,220 5348 181,200 82084 51 3-1/2 88,9 3-11/16 93,66
TSSÆ 4-3/4 120,65 92 17.52 26,04 4 101,6 0.375 9,53 3.875 98,43 2,390 1770 9,590 7104 181,400 82174 44 3-3/4 95,25 3-7/8 98,43
TSWP 4-7/8 123,83 105 11.57 17,2 4.408 112 0.233 5,92 4.283 108,8 1,380 1022 5,540 4104 134,600 60974 49 4.00 101,6 4-1/8 104,8
TSWP 5 127 50 14.87 22,1 4.408 112 0.296 7,52 4.283 108,8 1,870 1385 7,500 5556 178,900 81042 51 4.00 101,6 4-1/8 104,8
TSWP° 5 127 57 14.87 22,1 4.408 112 0.296 7,52 4.283 108,8 1,870 1385 7,500 5556 184,600 83624 53 4.00 101,6 4-1/8 104,8
X-LINE 5 127 73 15 22,29 4.375 111,1 0.296 7,52 5.36 136,1 4.283 108,8 2,700 2000 9,550 7074 282,640 128036 80 4.00 101,6 4-1/4 108
X-LINE 5 127 73 18 26,75 4.25 108 0.362 9,19 5.36 136,1 4.151 105,4 2,700 2000 9,550 7074 350,400 158731 83 4.00 101,6 4-1/8 104,8
TSWP° 5 127 158 17.93 26,65 4.276 108,6 0.362 9,19 4.151 105,4 2,460 1822 9,850 7296 218,500 98981 52 4.00 101,6 4-1/8 104,8
TSSÆ 5-3/8 136,53 53 20.02 29,76 4.625 117,5 0.375 9,53 4.5 114,3 2,900 2148 11,600 8593 222,800 100928 47 4-1/4 107,95 4-1/2 114,3
TSWP° 5-1/2 139,7 56 16.87 25,07 4.892 124,3 0.304 7,72 4.767 121,1 2,370 1756 9,480 7022 209,700 94994 52 4-5/8 117,48 4-3/4 120,7
X-LINE 5-1/2 139,7 74 17 25,27 4.875 123,8 0.304 7,72 5.86 148,8 4.767 121,1 2,700 2000 11,800 8741 316,640 143438 80 4-5/8 117,48 4-3/4 120,7
TSWP 5-1/2 139,7 164 19.81 29,44 4.778 121,4 0.361 9,17 4.653 118,2 2,970 2200 11,900 8815 237,200 107452 51 4-1/2 114,3 4-5/8 117,5
TSWP° 5-3/4 146,05 133 18.18 27,02 5.124 130,2 0.313 7,95 4.999 127 2,700 2000 10,800 8000 222,800 100928 52 4-7/8 123,83 5 127
TSSÆ 5-3/4 146,05 77 21.53 32 5 127 0.375 9,53 4.875 123,8 3,400 2519 13,580 10059 246,500 111665 49 4-3/4 120,65 4-7/8 123,8
TSSÆ 6 152,4 78 15.35 22,81 5.5 139,7 0.25 6,35 5.375 136,5 2,500 1852 10,000 7407 147,450 66795 41 5-1/4 133,35 5-3/8 136,5
TSWP° 6 152,4 428 19.64 29,19 5.352 135,9 0.324 8,23 5.227 132.8 3,170 2348 12,700 9407 238,800 108176 52 5-1/8 130,18 5-1/4 133,4
TSWP° 6 152,4 79 22.81 33,9 5.24 133,1 0.38 9,65 5.115 129,9 3,870 2867 15,500 11481 276,300 125164 49 5.00 127 5-1/8 130,2
TSWP° 6-3/8 161,93 129 24.03 35,72 5.625 142,9 0.375 9,53 5.5 139,7 4,250 3148 17,000 12593 288,300 130600 51 5-3/8 136,53 5-1/2 139,7
TSWP 6-5/8 168,28 93 23.58 35,05 5.921 150,4 0.352 8,94 5.796 147,2 4,400 3259 17,590 13030 251,600 113975 45 5-5/8 142,88 5-3/4 146,1
X-LINE 6-5/8 168,28 70 24 35,67 5.921 150,4 0.352 8,94 7 177,8 5.796 147,2 3,900 2889 15,700 11630 420,720 190586 76 5-5/8 142,88 5-3/4 146,1
TSWP° 7 177,8 96 25.66 38,14 6.276 159,4 0.362 9,19 6.151 156,2 4,970 3681 19,880 14726 315,200 142786 52 6.00 152,4 6-1/8 155,6
X-LINE 7 177,8 71 26 38,64 6.276 159,4 0.362 9,19 7.39 187,7 6.151 156,2 4,500 3333 20,900 15481 482,640 218636 80 6.00 152,4 6-1/8 155,6
TSWP 7-1/4 184,15 128 23.19 34,47 6.624 168,3 0.313 7,95 7.5 190,5 6.499 165,1 6,330 4689 25,300 18741 437,900 198369 56 6-3/8 161,93 6-1/2 165,1
TSWP 7-3/8 187,3 94 28.04 41,68 6.63 168,3 0.38 9,5 0 6.5 165 5,700 4,222 22,800 16,889 343,000 155,379 52 6-3/8 161,9 6-1/2 165,1
TSWP 7-3/8 187,3 109 28.04 41,68 6.63 168,3 0.38 9,5 0 6.5 165 5,725 4,241 22,900 16,963 341,300 154,609 52 6-3/8 161,9 6-1/2 165,1
TSWP 7-5/8 193,7 166 25.56 37,99 6.97 177 0.33 8,3 0 6.84 174 5,080 3,763 20,300 15,037 309,300 140,113 51 6-3/4 171,5 6-7/8 174,6
TSWP 7-5/8 193,7 122 29.04 43,16 6.88 174,6 0.38 9,5 0 6.75 172 5,650 4,185 22,600 16,741 378,500 171,461 55 6-5/8 168,3 6-3/4 171,5
TSWP 7-5/8 193,7 80 29.04 43,16 6.88 174,6 0.38 9,5 0 6.75 172 6,120 4,533 24,500 18,148 355,000 160,815 52 6-5/8 168,3 6-3/4 171,5
TSWP 7-5/8 193,7 81 33.04 49,11 6.77 171,8 0.43 10,9 0 6.64 169 7,520 5,570 30,100 22,296 398,900 180,702 51 6-1/2 165,1 6-5/8 168,3
X-LINE 7-5/8 193,7 87 29.7 44,14 6.84 173,8 0.38 9,5 8.01 204 6.75 172 5,000 3,704 25,300 18,741 531,200 240,634 78 6-9/16 166,7 6-11/16 169,9
TSWP 8 203,2 121 30.54 45,39 7.25 184,2 0.38 9,5 0 7.13 181 6,600 4,889 26,400 19,556 362,900 164,394 51 7 177,8 7-1/8 181
TSWP 8-1/8 206,4 153 31.04 46,13 7.38 187,3 0.38 9,5 0 7.25 184 6,820 5,052 27,300 20,222 373,900 169,377 51 7-1/8 181 7-1/4 184,2
TSWP 8-1/8 206,4 97 35.92 53,39 7.25 184,2 0.44 11,1 0 7.13 181 8,370 6,200 33,500 24,815 398,500 180,521 47 7 177,8 7-1/8 181
TSWP 8-1/8 206,4 97 38.42 57,1 7.19 182,5 0.47 11,9 0 7.06 179 9,150 6,778 36,600 27,111 457,500 207,248 51 6-15/16 176,2 7-1/16 179,4
TSWP 8-3/8 212,7 163 33.95 50,46 7.58 192,5 0.4 10,1 0 7.45 189 7,500 5,556 30,000 22,222 404,900 183,420 51 7-1/4 184,2 7-3/8 187,3
TSS 8-3/8 212,7 106 37.09 55,13 7.5 190,5 0.44 11,1 0 7.38 187 7,000 5,185 28,100 20,815 441,000 199,773 55 7-1/4 184,2 7-3/8 187,3
TSWP 8-5/8 219,1 151 31.1 46,22 7.92 201,2 0.35 8,9 0 7.8 198 6,700 4,963 27,100 20,074 335,300 151,891 41 7-9/16 192,1 7-11/16 195,3
X-LINE 8-5/8 219,1 103 36 53,51 7.81 198,5 0.4 10,2 9.12 232 7.7 196 5,500 4,074 37,100 27,481 652,000 295,356 79 7-1/2 190,5 7-5/8 193,7
TSWP 8-5/8 219,1 110 39.29 58,4 7.73 196,2 0.45 11,4 0 7.6 193 9,950 7,370 39,800 29,481 475,200 215,266 51 7-1/2 190,5 7-11/16 195,3
TSWP 9 228,6 139 38.92 57,85 8.15 207 0.43 10,8 0 7.99 203 9,920 7,348 39,700 29,407 458,400 207,655 50 7-7/8 200 8 203,2
TSWP 9-5/8 244,5 152 38.94 57,88 8.84 224,4 0.4 10 0 8.68 220 10,450 7,741 41,800 30,963 463,400 209,920 51 8-1/2 215,9 8-3/8 212,7
TSWP 9-5/8 244,5 140 42.7 63,46 8.76 222,4 0.44 11 0 8.6 218 11,750 8,704 47,000 34,815 507,800 230,033 51 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/2 215,9
X-LINE 9-5/8 244,5 114 43.5 64,65 8.67 220,1 0.44 11 10.1 257 8.6 218 6,000 4,444 48,500 35,926 836,960 379,143 83 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/2 215,9
TSWP 9-5/8 244,5 170 46.14 68,58 8.68 220,5 0.47 12 0 8.53 217 13,000 9,630 52,100 38,593 543,800 246,341 50 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/2 215,9
TSWP 10-3/4 273,1 155 44.22 65,72 9.95 252,7 0.4 10,2 0 9.79 249 13,150 9,741 52,600 38,963 531,000 240,543 51 9-1/2 241,3 9-3/4 247,7
TSWP 10-3/4 273,1 154 49.5 73,57 9.85 250,2 0.45 11,4 0 9.69 246 15,600 11,556 62,400 46,222 595,600 269,807 51 9-3/8 238,1 9-5/8 244,5
TSWP 10-3/4 273,1 124 49.5 73,57 9.85 250,2 0.45 11,4 0 9.69 246 14,250 10,556 57,000 42,222 606,000 274,518 52 9-3/8 238,1 9-5/8 244,5
TSWP 10-3/4 273,1 147 54.21 80,57 9.76 247,9 0.5 12,6 0 9.6 244 17,550 13,000 70,200 52,000 641,800 290,735 50 9-1/4 235 9-1/2 241,3
TSWP 11-3/4 298,5 156 52.57 78,13 10.9 276,4 0.44 11 0 10.7 272 12,130 8,985 48,500 35,926 ++377,400 170,962 44 10 1/8 257,2 10-5/8 269,9
TSWP 11-3/4 298,5 125 58.81 87,41 10.8 273,6 0.49 12,4 0 10.6 270 13,230 9,800 52,900 39,185 ++470,400 213,818 49 10 254 10-1/2 266,7
TSWP 12-3/4 323,9 150 49.56 73,66 12 304,8 0.38 9,5 13.5 343 11.8 301 28,500 21,111 114,100 84,519 ++807,300 366,954 49 11 279,4 11-1/2 292,1
TSWP 13-3/8 339,7 134 66.11 98,26 12.4 315,3 0.48 12,2 13.75 349 12.3 311 25,000 18,519 100,300 74,296 ++788,900 358,590 52 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8
TSWP 16 406,4 426 81.97 121,8 15 381,3 0.5 12,6 16.75 426 14.8 377 43,000 31,852 172,000 127,407 ++1,231,700 559,863 52 14-1/4 362 14-3/4 374,6
++ = J-55 material

42
 FISHING SERVICES

N-80 PIPE WITH W.P. HYDRIL CONNECTIONS

SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Effective Joint Effective Calculated Joint

Size Area Calculated Effic- Area Max. Working Effic- Recommended
OD Weight Wall ID Calculated Yield iency Calculated Torque iency Make-up

(In.) (mm) (lbs/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) at (lbs) (kg) % at (ft/lbs) (N/m) % (ft/lbs) (N/m)
2-1/4 57,2 4.12 6,12 0.19 4,7 1.875 47,6 BOX 52,000 23,556 53.5 PIN 650 481 33.7 100 74
2-3/4 69,9 6.68 9,93 0.25 6,4 2.25 57,2 BOX 81,000 36,693 51.7 PIN 1,600 1185 43.1 230 170
3-1/4 82,6 8 11,89 0.25 6,4 2.75 69,9 BOX 98,000 44,394 52.1 PIN 2,300 1704 42.9 320 237
3-1/2 88,9 9.91 14,73 0.29 7,3 2.922 74,2 BOX 119,000 53,907 51.2 PIN 3,400 2519 47.1 500 370
3-3/4 95,3 9.32 13,85 0.25 6,4 3.25 82,6 BOX 115,000 52,095 52.2 PIN 3,200 2370 42.5 450 333
4 101,6 11.6 17,24 0.29 7,3 3.428 87,1 BOX 139,000 62,967 52.1 PIN 4,500 3333 46.6 650 481
4 101,6 14 20,81 0.33 8,4 3.34 84,8 PIN 131,000 59,343 47.1 PIN 4,600 3407 42.3 650 481
4 101,6 15.7 23,33 0.38 9,7 3.24 82,3 BOX 175,000 79,275 50.8 PIN 6,000 4444 50.7 870 644
4-3/8 111,1 12 17,84 0.28 7,0 3.825 97,2 BOX 145,000 65,685 51.1 PIN 4,900 3630 43.3 700 519
4-1/2 114,3 11.6 17,24 0.25 6,4 4 101,6 BOX 140,000 63,420 52.3 PIN 4,200 3111 38.2 600 444
4-1/2 114,3 16.6 24,67 0.34 8,6 3.826 97,2 BOX 182,000 82,446 51.6 PIN 6,700 4963 47 960 711
5 127,0 15 22,29 0.3 7,5 4.408 112,0 BOX 180,000 81,540 51.4 PIN 7,000 5185 43.5 1,000 741
5 127,0 18 26,75 0.36 9,2 4.276 108,6 BOX 219,000 99,207 51.8 PIN 9,400 6963 49.5 1,300 963
5-1/2 139,7 17 25,27 0.3 7,7 4.892 124,3 BOX 204,000 92,412 51.3 PIN 9,000 6667 44.2 1,300 963
5-5/8 142,9 17.7 26,31 0.31 7,9 5 127,0 PIN 209,000 94,677 50 PIN 10,000 7407 45.8 1,400 1037
5-3/4 146,1 18 26,75 0.31 8,0 5.125 130,2 PIN 222,000 100,566 52 PIN 10,300 7630 45.1 1,500 1111
5-3/4 146,1 22.5 33,44 0.38 9,7 4.99 126,7 BOX 265,000 120,045 51.6 PIN 13,600 10074 50.3 1,900 1407
6 152,4 20 29,73 0.32 8,2 5.352 135,9 BOX 232,000 105,096 50.2 PIN 12,200 9037 47.1 1,700 1259
6-3/8 161,9 24 35,67 0.38 9,5 5.625 142,9 BOX 286,000 129,558 50.5 PIN 16,800 12444 50.3 2,400 1778
6-5/8 168,3 24 35,67 0.35 8,9 5.921 150,4 BOX 280,000 126,840 50.4 PIN 16,900 12519 49.1 2,400 1778
7 177,8 26 38,64 0.36 9,2 6.276 159,4 BOX 301,000 136,353 49.8 PIN 18,000 13333 45.4 2,600 1926
7-3/8 187,3 29 43,10 0.38 9,5 6.625 168,3 BOX 329,000 149,037 49.9 PIN 21,200 15704 46.3 3,000 2222
7-1/2 190,5 28 41,62 0.37 9,3 6.765 171,8 BOX 334,000 151,302 50.7 PIN 21,300 15778 45.6 3,000 2222
7-5/8 193,7 29.7 44,14 0.38 9,5 6.875 174,6 BOX 340,000 154,020 49.8 PIN 22,700 16815 46.2 3,200 2370
8-1/8 206,4 39.5 58,71 0.47 11,9 7.185 182,5 BOX 455,000 206,115 50.4 PIN 35,200 26074 51.6 5,000 3704
8-3/8 212,7 35.5 52,76 0.38 9,5 7.625 193,7 BOX 376,000 170,328 49.8 PIN 27,700 20519 46.1 4,000 2963
8-5/8 219,1 36 53,51 0.4 10,2 7.825 198,8 BOX 418,000 189,354 50.6 PIN 33,000 24444 48.8 4,700 3481
9 228,6 40 59,45 0.43 10,8 8.15 207,0 PIN 463,000 209,739 50.5 PIN 38,400 28444 49.3 5,500 4074
9-5/8 244,5 43.5 64,65 0.44 11,0 8.755 222,4 BOX 502,000 227,406 49.9 PIN 46,100 34148 50.1 6,600 4889
10-3/4 273,1 51 75,80 0.45 11,4 9.85 250,2 BOX 578,000 261,834 49.6 PIN 60,300 44667 50.3 8,600 6370
11-3/4 298,5 60 89,18 0.49 12,4 10.77 273,6 BOX 687,000 311,211 49.7 PIN 81,000 60000 51.9 11,600 8593
13-3/8 339,7 72 107,01 0.51 13,1 12.35 313,6 BOX 833,000 377,349 50.1 PIN 90,400 66963 42.2 12,900 9556
16 406,4 84 124,85 0.5 12,6 15.01 381,3 BOX 970,000 439,410 50.3 PIN 123,000 91111 40.7 17600 13037

43
 FISHING SERVICES
ROTARY SHOES
SUPERLOY ®, BORIUM
Product Nos. 150-08 & 150-11
Rotary Shoes are hollow cylindrical mill-
ing tools. For stuck drillpipe or tubing,
rotary shoes are run in conjunction with
washpipe to wash or mill away forma-
tion, contaminated mud, or debris from
around a fish. When used for packer
milling, rotary shoes are run with
washpipe extensions and triple connec-
tion subs or with Wilson Model “M”™ J-
Joints or “B”™ Packer Retrievers to
washover and recover the packer.
Type A
Type D
44
Rotary shoes are available in many
designs. For packer milling, a rotary
shoe has a cutting structure on the bot-
tom and ID only. Milling over a stabilizer
with carbide inserts, the cutting structure
would cover the OD, ID, and bottom of
the shoe. The shoes shown are only the
most common. In many cases, there are
several shoes which will accomplish the
same end result. For these reasons, the
ordering of rotary shoes should be based
Type B
Type E
on the recommendation of fishing tools
personnel so that the proper design is
selected.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Manufactured from heat-treated alloy
steels
• Wide variety of types
• Easily modified to suit purpose
• Dressing with SUPERLOY
• Available in all washpipe connections
Type C
Type F

Type G
Type J
METAL MUNCHER ®
ROTARY SHOE
Product No. 150-10
The METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoe is
similar to the standard SUPERLOY®
Rotary Shoe in design. The METAL
MUNCHER shoe differs in that METAL
MUNCHER inserts have been placed to
be the lead cutting structure on the shoe.
As with other METAL MUNCHER appli-
cations, the life of the tool and the rate of
penetration are dramatically increased.
On most shoes, the inserts are backed
up by SUPERLOY so that in the event of
insert failure, the shoe will operate as
well as a standard SUPERLOY shoe.
Half inserts are available so the shoes
may be dressed on the ID.
FISHING SERVICES
Type H
Type L
METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoes
are better suited than standard shoes for
the milling over of retrievable packers
and bridge plugs. Often the job is
completed in one run. For Inconel and
other alloys with work hardening charac-
teristics, the METAL MUNCHER shoes
provide an aggressive enough cutting
structure to allow constant removal of
material before hardening can occur.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• The METAL MUNCHER aggressive
cutting insert
• Inserts backed up by SUPERLOY
• Longer milling life
• Wide variety of types
• Available in all washpipe sizes
METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoe
Product No. 150-10
45
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ WITH PACK-OFF WASHOVER BACKOFF

“J”™ SAFETY JOINT
Product Nos. 140-37 & 140-41
The “J” Safety Joint provides a simple, yet effec-
tive means of releasing and re-engaging fishing
tools, such as taps or die collars, that are normally
not releasable. “J” Safety Joints can be used as
backoff connectors on washover jobs to save rig
time by connecting to the washed over fish while
the washover pipe is in the hole.
The “J” Safety Joint is a two-piece unit that is
secured when lugs on the top half engage with a
J-slot on the bottom half. Special shear screws
keep the tool securely fastened until the fish is
engaged.
Once the fish is engaged, a tension load of
10,000 lbs (4545 kg) per shear screw is applied to
the string. When the screws have been sheared
and the tension released, the string is elevated
while applying slight left-hand torque. The lugs
then shift into the release slot, and the two halves
of the safety joint separate.
To reengage the safety joint, the string is
lowered while rotating slowly to the right until the
“J” Safety Joint
lugs on the top half engage the slots in the lower
Product No. 140-37 half. Rotation is then stopped, right-hand torque
is maintained and the string is lowered until the
joint is fully engaged. The joint remains engaged
until the releasing procedure is repeated.
Standard operation is as a left-hand release
and right-hand connection tool. Right-hand re-
lease and/or left-hand connection configurations
are available through special order.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Provides a release option from tools such as
taper taps or die collars which are normally
non-releasable
• Provides a way to connect or disconnect fishing
string and stuck fish
• Shear screws prevent accidental unlatching of
the “J” Safety Joint before engagement with the
fish
• Simple construction allows easy make-up and
SAFETY JOINT
Product No. 140-38
The Washover Backoff Safety Joint is a multi-
purpose safety joint installed in the washover
string in place of the washpipe drive sub. The
Washover Backoff Safety Joint can be used like
standard drilling safety joints. In the event of a
washover string becoming stuck, the washover
backoff safety joint can easily be backed off from
surface so the fishing string above the washpipe
may be recovered.
In a washover and backoff situation the
Washover Backoff Safety Joint, run in conjunction
with a “J” Safety Joint, makes it possible to
washover a stuck string, screw into the fish, and
perform a backoff.
Once the fish has been screwed into; and, it is
established that the fish cannot be pulled, the “J”
Safety Joint can be released to allow the washpipe
to reciprocate and rotate. Once a string shot has
been run just above the “J” Safety Joint, the fish
can be reengaged and backed off. If the washpipe
will not turn freely to the left, due to the anti-friction
ring of the Washover Safety Joint, this point will
unscrew. The long threaded area makes it pos-
sible to back off all tool joint connections and most
tubing connections without completely unscrew-
ing the Washover Backoff Safety Joint.
The Washover Backoff Safety Joint is avail-
able in most washpipe and tool joint connections.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Saves rig time by making possible to washover,
back off, and recover in one trip
• May be used as standard washover safety joint
• Simple design, easy to operate
“J” SAFETY JOINT
PRODUCT NO. 140-37
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection 2-3/8 2-7/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2
EUE EUE API IF API IF API IF API FH

release Maximum OD (In.) 3-1/16 3.668 3-3/8 4-1/8 4-3/4 4-5/8

(mm) 77,8 93,2 85,7 104,8 120,7 117,5
• Accessory parts such as a packoff sub and two
Minimum ID (In.) 7/8 1-7/8 1-3/8 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-1/2
different stingers are available for operations (mm) 22,3 47,6 34,9 44,5 44,5 38,1
that require circulation through the safety joint to Connection 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-5/8
the fish API FH API FH X-Hole API IF API Reg API Reg

• Body parts constructed from AISI 4140 heat- Maximum OD (In.) 5-1/4 5-3/4 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-3/4 7-3/4
(mm) 133,4 146,1 158,8 160,7 171,5 196,9
Washover Backoff treated alloy steel
Safety Joint Minimum ID (In.) 1-3/4 2 2 2 2-3/4 3
Product No. 140-38 (mm) 44,5 50,8 50,8 50,8 69,9 76,2

46
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ WASHOVER In situations where the fish is not

DRILL COLLAR SPEAR
Product No. 140-14
Washover Drill Collar Spears are used
with washover strings to catch and re-
cover drill collars and pipe which have
become stuck off bottom. The spear
enables washover, backoff, and recov-
ery operations to be accomplished in a
single trip and eliminates the problem of
stripping fish out of washpipe by allowing
the fish to be positioned at the bottom of
the washpipe string.
The Washover Drill Collar Spear is
run inside the washover pipe and set in
a control bushing near the bottom of the
washover assembly. The inside assem-
bly generally consists of a screw-in or
locking pin sub, taper tap, pin tap, box
tap or other fishing tool; “J” Safety Joint
and drill collar spear. The inner assem-
bly is made up into the fish. The washpipe
is then slacked off to proceed with
washover.
While rotating to the right, the
Washover Drill Collar Spear stays in the
set position. When making kelly connec-
tions, the spear can be manipulated from
set to release position by reciprocating
and partially rotating the washpipe string
to the left.
centralized in the hole, the drill collar
spear may be used along with a spear
packoff, several joints of drillpipe, and a
kick sub to attach the drillpipe to the fish
and help guide the washpipe over the
fish. The same technique may be used
to start a casing patch over casing.
If the fish falls free during washover
operations, the spear automatically
catches it allowing the operation to con-
tinue.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Saves time and reduces number of
trips by combining washover, backoff
and recovery operations in a single
trip
• Reduces risk of losing fish during
washover operations
• Eliminates fish and hole damage from
dropped fish
• Withstand tremendous pulling and
shock loads imposed on downhole
equipment during fishing operations
• Eliminates need to strip fish out of
washpipe in any washover operation
• Easy to operate — needs only recipro-
cation and partial rotation to manipu-
late from set to release position

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Washover Size (In.) 4-3/8 - 4-3/4 5-6 6-5/8 —
(mm) 111,1 - 120,6 127 - 152,4 168,3
Maximum OD (In.) 3-3/8 4-5/8 5-1/4 —
(mm) 85,7 117,5 133,3
Minimum ID (In.) 7/8 1-3/4 1-1/2 —
(mm) 22,2 44,4 38,1
Joint Connection 2-3/8 EUE 2-7/8 API IF 3-1/2 API IF —

Washover Size (In.) 7 - 8-1/8 8-3/8 - 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4

(mm) 177,8 - 206,4 212,7 - 244,5 273,1 298,5
Maximum OD (In.) 6-3/4 8-1/4 9-1/4 10-1/4
(mm) 171,5 209,6 235 260,4
Minimum ID (In.) 2 2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4
(mm) 50,8 69,8 69,8 69,8
Joint Connection 4-1/2 API FH 5-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Washover Drill Collar Spear

Product No. 140-14

47
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ TYPE “B” ™ TRI-STATE™ TYPE “D” ™

CASING AND TUBING SPEAR CASING AND TUBING SPEAR
Product No. 126-09 Product No. 120-09
The Type “B” Casing and Tubing Spears The Type “D” Casing and Tubing Spears
are used to retrieve casing sizes from 4- are used to retrieve all casing sizes from
1/2" to 13-3/8". The design of the spear 4-1/2” to 30”. The design of the spear
makes it the easiest spear on the market makes it ideal for backing off casing or
to release. The spear can be set for right- rotating out mudline hangers and packer
hand or left-hand release and is easily bore receptacles. The spear can be set
field dressed to change the release set- for right-hand or left-hand release and is
ting. Due to the slotted mandrel design, easily field dressed to change the re-
the spear can be released with only lease setting. The “J” slot, which holds
enough downward travel to break the the spear in the catch or release position,
freeze between the slip segments and makes this spear the most reliable for the
the mandrel. Once the freeze is broken, recovery of small light-weight fish.
rotate one-quarter round in the release To engage the spear, it is lowered
direction releasing the spear. into the fish until the stop ring is taking
The spear design will protect the slips weight. One-quarter rotation will place
when running down inside the fish and the spear in the catch position. The spear
may be run to any depth. This feature is released by bumping down then ap-
makes the “B” perfect for setting under- plying one-quarter rotation in the oppo-
water casing patches. site direction. Because the mandrel must
To engage the spear, it is lowered travel down the body length of the “J” slot
into the fish until the slips are past the top to release, the stop ring should not be
of the casing. One-quarter rotation will removed from the body.
place the spear in the catch position. The
spear is released by bumping down then FEATURES/BENEFITS
applying an equal amount of rotation in • Simple construction
the opposite direction. • Slips with carburized teeth and large
surface area
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Sets for left or right-hand release
• Simple construction
• Easily dressed for alternate casing
• Slips with carburized teeth and large
sizes
surface area
• Optional slips with vertical teeth for
• Sets for left or right-hand release
backing off
• Easily dressed for alternate casing
“B” Casing and
Tubing Spear sizes
Product No. 126-09 • Optional slips with vertical teeth for
backing off
• Easily released
TYPE "B" & "D" CASING AND TUBING SPEARS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 - 5 5-1/2 - 6-5/8 7 - 8-1/8 8-1/8 -9-5/8
(mm) 114,3 - 127 139,7 - 168,3 177,8 - 206,4 206,4 - 228,6
Spear OD (In.) 3-5/8 4-1/2 5-3/4 6-7/8
(mm) 92,1 114,3 146,1 174,6
Spear ID (In.) 3/4 3/4 1 3/4 3
(mm) 19,1 19,1 44,5 76,2
Casing Size (In.) 9-5/8 - 11-3/4 11-3/4 - 13-3/8 16 - 20 24 - 30
(mm) 244,5 - 298,5 298,5 - 338,5 406,4 - 508 609,6 - 762
Spear OD (In.) 8-1/4 10-1/2 14 20-3/4
(mm) 209,6 266,7 355,6 527,1
“D” Casing and
Tubing Spear Spear ID (In.) 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
Product No. 120-09 (mm) 76,2 88,9 88,9 88,9

48
 FISHING SERVICES

TYPE “B” AND “D” CASING AND TUBING SPEAR

PRODUCT NOS. 126-09 & 120-09
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Unit Tool Top Casing Size Friction Block Slips
OD Connection OD Weight MIn Max MIn Max
(In.)(lb/ft) 3-5/8 2-3/8 API Reg 4-1/2 9.50 - 15.50 3-5/8 4-1/4 3-5/8 4-1/8
(mm)(kg/m) 92,1 114,3 14,1- 23 92 108 92 104-7/9
(In.)(lb/ft) 3-15/16 2-3/8 API Reg 5 11.50 - 15.00 4-3/16 4-13/16 4-1/8 4-11/16
(mm)(kg/m) 100 127 17,1 - 22,3 106,4 122,2 104,8 119,1
(In.)(lb/ft) 3-15/16 2-3/8 API Reg 5 18.00 - 24.20 3-15/16 4- 9/16 3-15/16 4-7/16
(mm)(kg/m) 100 127 26,8 - 36 100 115,9 100 112,7
(In.)(lb/ft) 4-1/2 2-7/8 API Reg 5-1/2 13.00 - 14.00 4-1/2 5-3/4 4-5/8 5-1/4
(mm)(kg/m) 114,3 139,7 19,3 - 20,8 114,3 146,1 117,5 133,4
(In.)(lb/ft) 4-1/2 2-7/8 API Reg 5,5 15.50 - 23.00 4,5 5,8 4,5 5,1
(mm)(kg/m) 114,3 139-2/3 23 - 34,2 114-2/7 146 114-2/7 130-1/6
(In.)(lb/ft) 4-1/2 2-7/8 API Reg 6 15.00 - 26.00 4-3/4 6 5 5-5/8
(mm)(kg/m) 114,3 152,4 22,3 - 38,6 120,7 152,4 127 142,9
(In.)(lb/ft) 4-1/2 2-7/8 API Reg 6-5/8 20.00 - 24.00 5-1/4 6-1/2 5-5/8 6-1/4
(mm)(kg/m) 114,3 168-2/7 29,7 - 35,7 133,4 165,1 142,9 158,8
(In.)(lb/ft) 5-3/4 3-1/2 API Reg 7 17.00 - 20.00 6 7 6-3/8 7-1/8
(mm)(kg/m) 146,1 177-4/5 25,26 - 35,7 152-2/5 177-4/5 162 181
(In.)(lb/ft) 5-3/4 3-1/2 API Reg 7 23.00 - 26.00 6 7 5-3/4 6-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 146,1 177-4/5 264,6 - 38,6 152-2/5 177-4/5 146 165
(In.)(lb/ft) 5-3/4 3-1/2 API Reg 7 29.00 - 38.00 5-3/4 6-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 146,1 177-4/5 43,1 - 56,5 146 171-4/9 146 165
(In.)(lb/ft) 5-3/4 3-1/2 API Reg 7-5/8 20 6-13/16 7-1/16 6-3/4 7-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 146,1 193-2/3 29,7 173 179-2/5 171-4/9 190-1/2
(In.)(lb/ft) 5-3/4 3-1/2 API Reg 7-5/8 24.00 - 39.00 6-1/2 7-1/2 6-3/8 7-1/8
(mm)(kg/m) 146,1 193-2/3 35,7 - 57,9 165 190-1/2 162 181
(In.)(lb/ft) 6-7/8 5-1/2 API Reg 8-1/8 32.00 - 41.70 6-13/16 7-1/16 6-3/4 7-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 174,6 206-3/8 47,6 - 62 173 179-2/5 171-4/9 190-1/2
(In.)(lb/ft) 8-1/4 5-1/2 API Reg 9-5/8 29.00 - 43.50 8-1/4 9-1/2 8-9/16 9-1/4
(mm)(kg/m) 209,6 244-1/2 43,1 - 64,6 209-5/9 241-2/7 217-1/2 235
(In.)(lb/ft) 8-1/4 5-1/2 API Reg 9-5/8 36.00 - 43.50 8-1/4 9-1/2 8-9/16 9-1/4
(mm)(kg/m) 209,6 244-1/2 53,5 - 64,6 209-5/9 241-2/7 217-1/2 235
(In.)(lb/ft) 8-1/4 5-1/2 API Reg 9-5/8 47.00 - 53.50 8-1/4 9-1/2 8 1/4 8-15/16
(mm)(kg/m) 209,6 244-1/2 69,8 - 79,5 209-5/9 241-2/7 209-5/9 227
(In.)(lb/ft) 8-1/4 5-1/2 API Reg 10-3/4 32.75 - 40.50 9-1/16 10- 9/16 9-11/16 10-3/8
(mm)(kg/m) 209,6 273 48,7 - 60,2 230-1/5 268-2/7 246 263-1/2
(In.)(lb/ft) 8-1/4 5-1/2 API Reg 10-3/4 45.50 - 55.50 8-3/4 10-1/4 9-7/16 10-1/8
(mm)(kg/m) 209,6 273 67,6 - 82,5 222-1/4 260-1/3 239-5/7 257-1/6
(In.)(lb/ft) 8-1/4 5-1/2 API Reg 11-3/4 42.00 - 60.00 10-3/8 11-7/8 10-1/2 11-3/16
(mm)(kg/m) 209,6 298-4/9 62,4 - 89,2 263-1/2 301-5/8 266-2/3 284-1/6
(In.)(lb/ft) 10-1/2 5-1/2 API Reg 11-3/4 38.00 - 60.00 10-1/2 12 10-5/8 11-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 266,7 298-4/9 56,5 - 89,2 266-2/3 304-4/5 269-7/8 292
(In.)(lb/ft) 10-1/2 5-1/2 API Reg 12-3/4 43.00 - 53.00 11 12-1/2 11-7/9 2-19/64
(mm)(kg/m) 266,7 323-6/7 63,9 - 78,8 279-2/5 317-1/2 299-1/4 58-1/3
(In.)(lb/ft) 10-1/2 5-1/2 API Reg 13-3/8 48.00 - 72.00 11-7/8 13-3/8 12-1/32 12-29/32
(mm)(kg/m) 266,7 339-5/7 71,3 - 107 301-5/8 339-5/7 305-3/5 327-5/6
(In.)(lb/ft) 14 6-5/8 API Reg 16 65 - 109 14-1/2 16 14-1/2 16
(mm)(kg/m) 355,6 406,4 96,6 - 162 368,3 406,4 368,3 406,4
(In.)(lb/ft) 14 6-5/8 API Reg 18 5/8 106 - 117.5 16 5/8 18-1/8 17 18,125
(mm)(kg/m) 355,6 473,1 157,5 - 174,6 422,3 460,4 431,8 460,4
(In.)(lb/ft) 14 6-5/8 API Reg 18 5/8 87.5 - 94.5 16 5/8 18-1/8 17-1/2 18-5/8
(mm)(kg/m) 355,6 473,1 130 - 140,5 422,3 460,4 444,5 473,1
(In.)(lb/ft) 14 6-5/8 API Reg 20 163 - 187 18 19-1/2 18 19-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 355,6 508,0 242,3 - 277,9 457,2 495,3 457,2 495,3
(In.)(lb/ft) 14 6-5/8 API Reg 20 94 - 133 18 19-1/2 18-1/2 19-5/8
(mm)(kg/m) 355,6 508,0 139,7 - 337,8 457,2 495,3 469,9 498,5
(In.)(lb/ft) 20-3/4 6-5/8 API Reg 24 100.5 - 125.5 22-1/2 23-1/2 22-1/2 23-1/2
(mm)(kg/m) 527 609,6 149,4 - 186,5 571,5 596,9 571,5 596,9
(In.)(lb/ft) 20-3/4 6-5/8 API Reg 24 304 20-3/4 21-7/8 20-3/4 21-7/8
(mm)(kg/m) 527 609,6 451,8 527 555,6 527 555,6
(In.)(lb/ft) 20-3/4 6-5/8 API Reg 24-1/2 100.5 - 113.0 23 24-1/4 23 24-1/8
(mm)(kg/m) 527 622,3 149,4 - 167,9 584,2 615,9 584,2 612,8
(In.)(lb/ft) 20-3/4 6-5/8 API Reg 30 235 - 310 27-3/4 29 27-3/4 28-7/8
(mm)(kg/m) 527 762 349,3 - 460,7 704,8 736,6 704,8 733,4

49
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ TYPE “C”™ rotated 1/8 th turn to the left to place it in

CASING SPEAR
Product No. 126-10
The TRI-STATE Type “C” Casing Spear
is a special application heavy-duty tool
used to internally engage and pull casing
in any type of fishing operation. The “C”
Spear features more slip area than the
“B”, “D”, and “E” Spears, approaching full
circle, so it is primarily used for recover-
ing old or worn casing.
The “C” spear is constructed from
heat-treated alloy steels for maximum
downhole dependability. The carbur-
ized teeth of the slips firmly engage the
casing, yet will not damage the casing in
a pulling or jarring operation.
The “C” spear is simple to operate.
The spear is lowered to fishing depth and
the catch position. Upward movement of
the string forces the slips outward from
the mandrel, engaging the casing. To
release the spear, drop the string down-
ward, breaking the mandrel/slip friction.
Rotation of 1/8 th turn to the right puts the
spear in the release position. The spear
may be easily converted to left-hand
release.
The “C” Spear can only be dressed in
a limited catch range.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Large surface contact area
• Carburized slips
• Sets for left or right-hand release
• Runs as string spear without stop ring

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Friction Block Slips
Spear OD Min Max Min Max
Size (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)
7 - 7-5/8 7 177,8 38.00 56,48 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1
7 177,8 35.00 52,02 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1
7 177,8 32.00 47,56 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1
7 177,8 29.00 43,10 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1
7 177,8 26.00 38,64 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/2 165,1
7 177,8 20.00 29,73 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0
7 177,8 17.00 25,27 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0
7-5/8 193,7 39.00 57,97 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0
7-5/8 193,7 33.70 50,09 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0
7-5/8 193,7 29.70 44,14 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0
8-1/8 - 9 8-1/8 206,4 41.70 61,98 6-7/8 174,6 7-3/4 196,9 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-1/8 206,4 39.50 58,71 6-7/8 174,6 7-3/4 196,9 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-1/8 206,4 35.50 52,76 6-7/8 174,6 7-3/4 196,9 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-1/8 206,4 32.00 47,56 6-7/8 174,6 7-3/4 196,9 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-1/8 206,4 28.00 41,62 7-1/8 181,0 8 203,2 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-3/8 212,7 37.00 54,99 7-1/8 181,0 8 203,2 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-5/8 219,1 49.00 72,83 7-1/8 181,0 8 203,2 6-7/8 174,6 7-21/32 194,5
8-5/8 219,1 44.00 65,40 7-1/8 181,0 8 203,2 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
8-5/8 219,1 40.00 59,45 7-1/8 181,0 8 203,2 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
8-5/8 219,1 36.00 53,51 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
8-5/8 219,1 32.00 47,56 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
8-5/8 219,1 28.00 41,62 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
8-5/8 219,1 24.00 35,67 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-23/32 196,1 8-1/2 215,9
9 228,6 55.00 81,75 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
9 228,6 50.20 74,61 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-7/16 188,9 8-7/32 208,8
9 228,6 45.00 66,88 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-23/32 196,1 8-1/2 215,9
9 228,6 40.00 59,45 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-23/32 196,1 8-1/2 215,9
9 228,6 38.00 56,48 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-23/32 196,1 8-1/2 215,9
“C” Casing Spear 9 228,6 34.00 50,53 7-5/8 193,7 8-1/2 215,9 7-23/32 196,1 8-1/2 215,9
Product No. 126-10

50
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ TYPE “E”™ usually set for right-hand release. One-half

CASING SPEAR
Product No. 121-09
The TRI-STATE Type “E” Casing Spear is a
heavy-duty, high-strength tool that withstands
the most severe downhole requirements. It is
available in two sizes. The smaller size for 7"
to 11-3/4" casing and the larger spear handles
13-3/8" to 30" casing. The 7" to 11-3/4" spear,
as illustrated, runs with an alternate slip re-
tainer nut with stop to indicate proper depth
within the fish.
The “E” Casing Spear is made from se-
lected steels and is much stronger than the
tool joints it is designed to run with. The spear
is simple and easy to operate. The spear
should be run with the stop sub; however, it
has been used as a string spear. (Caution:
Before it can be used as string spear, the
friction between the slips and the casing should
be checked to see that there is sufficient
friction to support the slip body so the spear
may be released.)
Drill collars and jars should be run when a
stuck fish is anticipated. When the spear en-
ters the casing, it can be detected by the
weight indicator since there is considerable
friction between the slip and casing and when
the stop sub lands on the casing. The spear is
round of left-hand rotation will place the spear
in the catch position allowing the slip cone to be
pulled into the slips, expanding the slip causing
it to be firmly set in the pipe.
The “E” Casing Spear can be released at
any time by bumping down sharply to break the
freeze on the slips then rotating one-half turn to
the right. The spear can be reset to the catch
position by rotating one-half turn to the left.
This spear can be set and released any num-
ber of times without coming out of the hole.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Sets for right-hand or left-hand release
• Rugged design
• Easily modified to catch non API casing
sizes
• Large catch range for each slip size
TYPE “L”™ CASING SPEAR
Product No. 127-10
The Type “L” Casing Spear is designed specifi-
cally for the recovery of larger casing sizes.
Because of the size of the spear, it is dressed,
shipped, and stored on a built-for-purpose skid.
The spear can be dressed to recover 26"
through 42" casing. (No illustration shown.)

TYPE “E” CASING SPEAR

PRODUCT NO. 121-09
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Type “E” Dressing Chart for 7" through 11-3/4" Casing
Casing size (In.) 7 7 7 7 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 9-5/8
(mm) 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 193,7 193,7 193,7 244,5
Weight (lb/ft) 17 - 20 23 - 26 29 - 32 35 - 38 20 24 - 29,7 33,7 - 39 32,3-36
(kg/m) 25,26 -29,73 34,19 - 38,65 43,11 - 47,57 52,00 - 56,47 26,93 35,66 - 44,13 50,10 - 57,89 48,00 - 53,51
Maximum Catch (In.) 6.688 6.5 6.312 6.125 7.312 7.15 6.9 9.125
(mm) 169,9 165,1 160,3 155,6 185,7 181,6 175,3 231,8
Minimum Catch (In.) 6.313 6.125 5.938 5.75 6.937 6.775 6.525 8.75
(mm) 160,4 155,6 150,8 146,1 176,2 172,1 165,7 222,3
Casing Size (In.) 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 11-3/4 11-3/4
(mm) 244,5 244,5 273,1 273,1 273,1 273,1 298,5 298,5
Weight (lb/ft) 40-43.5 47-53.5 32.75-40.5 45.5-51 55,5-60,7 65.7-71.1 42-47 54-60
(kg/m) 59,45 - 64,67 69,85 - 79,53 48,69 - 60,21 67,62 - 75,79 82,48 - 90,23 97,64 - 105,68 62,44 - 69,85 80,25 - 91,24
Maximum Catch (In.) 9.87 8.813 10.3 10.06 9.87 9.65 11.25 11
(mm) 250,7 223,9 261,6 255,5 250,7 245,1 285,8 279,4
Minimum Catch (In.) 9.495 8.469 9.925 9.685 9.495 9.275 10.875 10.625
(mm) 241,2 215,1 252,1 246 241,2 235,6 276,2 269,9

Type “E” Dressing Chart for 13-3/8" - 30"

Casing size (In.) 13-3/8 16 18-5/8 20 30 30
(mm) 339,7 406,4 473,1 508 762 762
Weight (lbs/ft) 48-72 65-109 73.09-93.96 94-133 309 455
(kg/m) 71,33 - 107,03 96,59 - 162,02 108.63 - 139.65 139,70 - 197,68 459,27 676,25
Maximum Catch (In.) 12.875 15.375 18.25 19.625 28.625 27.625
(mm) 327 390,5 463,6 498,5 727,1 701,7
Minimum Catch (In.) 11.75 14.313 17 18.563 27.563 26.563 “E” Casing Spear
(mm) 298,5 363,6 431,8 471,5 700,1 674,7 Product No. 121-09

51
 FISHING SERVICES

WELLHEAD CUT & TRI-STATE™ TYPE “E”™ CUT

PULL SPEAR
Product No. 122-14
The Wellhead Cut & Pull Spear is a
heavy duty spear designed to latch into
subsea wellhead running profiles. The
latching dogs are easily changed for the
various types of subsea wellheads used
today. Because the spear latches into
the running profile of the wellhead, the
risk of damage to the seal area is
minimized.
The spear eliminates the need for a
marine swivel. Cutting in tension reduces
the risk of connection failure. Cutting
torque is reduced minimizing wear and
tear on the casing cutter. This assures
extended cutter life.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Latches into wellhead in wellhead
manufactures running profile
• Easily field dressed to catch wellheads
of all major manufactures
• Cutting in tension reduces risk of string
failure
• Cutting in tension reduces peripheral
movement of cutter
• Latching into wellhead profile reduces
the risk of damage to wellhead seal
area
• Cutting and retrieving in one trip re-
duces rig time
AND PULL CASING SPEAR
Product No. 122-13
The Type “E” Cut and Pull Spear is an “E”
Spear modified for rotation to run in
tandem with the multi-string cutter. It is
available in two sizes: 13-3/8" to 30"
casing and 9-5/8" casing.
The spear has drive mandrel with 19"
free travel that rotates inside the slip
body and a thrust bearing in the bottom
sub. By incorporating a right-hand set
and left-hand release, the spear is in the
set position at all times when cutting. A
fishing bumper sub with a minimum of
20" stroke is required to release the
spear. This also allows the downward
movement of the spear to keep weight
off the knives of the cutter when releas-
ing. The cutting torque of a conventional
marine swivel and multi-string cutter is
reduced by 50% when the swivel is re-
placed with the Cut and Pull Spear. Trip
time is also reduced to a single trip
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Can be set for right-hand or left-hand
release
• Rugged design
• Easily modified to catch non-API
casing sizes
• Most parts interchangeable with
standard “E” Spear
• Can be used as conventional casing
spear

TYPE “E” CUT AND PULL CASING SPEAR

PRODUCT NO. 122-13
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 9-5/8 13-3/8 - 30
(mm) 244,5 339,7 - 762
Wellhead Cut & Pull Spear Spear ID (In.) 1-1/2 2-1/4
Product No. 122-14 (mm) 38,1 57,1
Top Connection 4-1/2 API IF Box 6-5/8 API Reg Box
Bottom Connection 4-1/2 API IF Pin 6-5/8 API Reg Pin
Bearing Dynamic Load (lbs) 113,000 173,102
(kg) 51,363 78,682
Bearing Static Load (lbs) 231,000 595,743
(kg) 105,000 270,792

52
 FISHING SERVICES

CASING AND TUBING SPEAR The design incorporates a standard

PACK-OFF ASSEMBLY
Product Nos. 120-15 & 121-15
The Spear Pack-Off is designed to run
just below a casing spear. This allows
hydraulic pressure to be applied to the
fish. Hydraulic pressure applied to the
fish adds tremendous lifting power to the
fishing string and aids in the breakdown
of sediment or formation that may be
holding the fish. In many cases, the
running of this spear accessory may aid
in recovering a fish in one piece instead
of resorting to cutting and jarring out
sections.
pack-off cup and is available for most
casing sizes. The pack-off cup is pro-
tected by a guide which reduces the risk
of damage while tripping or entering the
fish.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• May use hydraulic force to apply over
pull to fish
• Runs with any type spear
• Rugged design

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5
(mm) 114,3 114,3 120,7 127,0 127,0
Casing Weight (lb/ft) 15.3 - 18.1 9.5 - 12.6 16 18 - 21 13 - 15
(kg/m) 22,7 - 26,9 14,1 - 18,7 23,8 26,7 - 31.2 19,3 - 22,3
Top Connection 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 5-1/2 5-1/2 5 1/2 5 3/4 6
(mm) 139,7 139,7 139,7 146,05 152,4
Casing Weight (lb/ft) 17 - 23 13 - 15 15.5 - 17 14 - 17 20
(kg/m) 25,3 - 34,2 19,3 - 22,3 23 - 25,3 20,8 - 25,3 29,7
Top Connection 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 6 6 5/8 6 5/8 7 7
(mm) 152,4 158,75 158,75 177,8 177,8
Casing Weight (lb/ft) 14 - 18 24 - 29 20 - 22 38 32 - 35.3
(kg/m) 20,8 - 26,7 35,7 - 43,1 29,7 - 32,7 38.6 47,6 - 52,5
Top Connection 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 7 7 7 7-5/8 7-5/8
(mm) 177,8 177,8 177,8 193,68 193,68
Casing Weight (lb/ft) 26 - 30 22 - 24 17 - 20 26.4 - 29.7 29.7 - 33.7
(kg/m) 38,6 - 44,6 32,7 - 35,7 25,3 - 29,7 39,2 - 44,1 39,2 - 44,2
Top Connection 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 7-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 9
(mm) 193,68 219,08 219,08 219,08 228,6
Casing Weight (lb/ft) 39 40 - 49 36 - 40 28 - 36 40 - 45
(kg/m) 58 59,5 - 72,8 53,5 - 59,5 41,6 - 53,5 59,5 - 66,9
Top Connection 3-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg
Casing Size (In.) 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8
(mm) 244,48 244,48 273,05 298,45 339,72
Casing Weight (lb/ft) 47 - 53.5 36 - 43.5 32.7 - 55.5 38 - 60 48 - 72
(kg/m) 69,8 - 79,5 53.5 - 64,6 48,6 - 82,5 56,5 - 89,2 71,3 - 107
Top Connection 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Casing Spear Pack-Off Assembly

Product Nos. 120-15

53
 FISHING SERVICES

T-DOG OVERSHOT FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product No. 114-07 • Tool is releasable at any time
The T-Dog Overshot is a releasable over- • Release operation may be repeated
shot designed to catch collared pipe and several times without damaging or af-
tubing. Integral tubing is caught by re- fecting the tool’s ability to reengage
placing the T-dog assembly with a flip- • Solid body with no windows allows the
per-dog assembly. Coiled tubing can be overshot to be used in the washover
recovered by replacing the T-dog cage string for one-trip recovery
assembly with a mouse trap assembly. • Slips energized by finger springs that
The T-Dog Overshot is generally run place them in the catch position auto-
directly above the guide or rotary shoe, matically as they pass over and under
but may be run anywhere in the washpipe the coupling
string. The tool is run down over the • Box-x-pin washpipe connections al-
string of pipe, past a collar or connection. low overshot to be positioned at any
The spring-loaded T-dogs then expand point in the washover string
to pass over the collar. When the string • Cage design allows unrestricted pas-
is elevated, the dogs firmly engage the sage of coupling through the tool al-
coupling and the fish can be retrieved. lowing the washover of several joints
The tool may be released at any time of pipe at one time
by picking up and engaging a collar, then • Body constructed from AISI 4140 heat-
while maintaining a slight strain, slowly treated alloy steel with flame-hard-
rotating it to the right. This action allows ened slip teeth for positive engage-
the T-dogs to expand and release the ment under the coupling
coupling.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top Connection Tool OD (In.) (mm) Tool ID (in.) (mm) Catch Size (In.) (mm) Cage ID (In.) (mm)
3-5/8 TSWP 3-5/8 92,1 2-5/8 66,7 1.600 - 1.900 40,6 - 48,3 2-5/8 66,7
3-13/16 TSWP 3-13/16 96,8 2-3/4 69,8 1.600 - 1.900 40,6 - 48,3 2-5/8 66,7
3-13/16 TSWP 3-7/16 98,4 3-1/8 79,4 1.900 - 2 3/8 EUE 48,3 - 60,3 3-3/16 81
4 TSWP 4-1/16 103,2 3-3/16 81 1.900 - 2-3/8 EUE 48,3 - 60,3 3-3/16 81
4-1/2 TSWP 4-1/2 - 4-11/16 114,3 - 119,1 3-1/4 - 3-3/4 82,5 - 95,2 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 3-3/16 - 3-3/4 81 - 95,3
5 X-Line 5-1/2 139,7 3-27/32 97,6 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 4-3/16 106,4
5-3/8 TSS 5-1/2 139,7 4-3/16 106,4 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 4-3/16 106,4
5-1/2 TSWP 5-1/2 139,7 3-13/16 96,8 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 4-3/16 106,4
5-1/2 TSWP 5-5/8 142,9 4-1/4 107,9 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 4-1/4 108
5-1/2 X-Line 5-7/8 149,2 4-1/4 107,9 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 4-1/4 108
5-1/2 X-Line 5-7/8 149,2 4-5/8 117,5 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE - 60,4 - 101,6 4-5/8 117,5
3-1/2 EUE - 3-1/2 NUE - 4 NUE
5-3/4 TSS 5-7/8 149,2 4-1/4 107,9 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 60,4 4-1/4 108
5-3/4 TSS 5-7/8 149,2 4-5/8 117,5 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE - 60,4 - 101,6 4-5/8 117,5
3-1/2 EUE - 3-1/2 NUE - 4 NUE
6-5/8 X-Line 7 177,8 5-1/4 133,3 2-7/8 EUE - 4-1/2 Csg 73 - 114,3 5-1/4 133,4
7 X-Line 7-1/2 190,5 6-3/16 157,1625 4-1/2 Csg - 5 Csg 114,3 6-3/16 157,2
7-5/8 TSWP 7-3/4 196,9 6-1/8 155,575 5-1/2 Csg 139,7 6-1/8 155,6
7-5/8 X-Line 8 203,2 6-3/16 157,1625 4-1/2 Csg - 5-1/2 Csg 114,3 - 139,7 6-3/8 161,9
7-5/8 Speedtite 8-1/8 206,4 6-3/4 171,45 6 Csg 152,4 6-3/4 171,4

T-Dog Overshot
Product No. 114-07

54
 FISHING SERVICES

ROLLING DOG OVERSHOT FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product No. 116-07
The Rolling Dog Overshot is a washover
type overshot used to catch slick pipe,
drill collars, and tubing. It is also used to
recover coiled tubing and upset tubing.
The unique design of the rolling dogs
allows passage over the fish by rolling
back in the body. When the length of fish
to be recovered has been reached, an
upward pull will set the rolling dogs
against the pipe. Each dog has a series
of sharp cutting wickers that bite into the
pipe and the more upward pull the tighter
the dogs will grip the fish. This overshot
is not releasable after the rolling dogs
are engaged. Overpull will allow the
rolling dogs to shear and recover the
overshot.
• Solid body with no windows allows the
overshot to be used in the washover
string for one-trip recovery
• Dogs are energized by finger springs
that place them in the catch position
automatically as they pass over and
under the coupling
• Box-x-pin washpipe connections al-
low overshot to be positioned either
directly over the rotary shoe or higher
up in the washover string
• Cage design allows unrestricted pas-
sage of coupling through the tool and
lets the operator wash over several
joints of pipe
• Body constructed from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel with flame-hard-
ened slip teeth for positive engage-
ment any where on a tube

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top Overshot Overshot Catch Dogs
Connection OD ID Size Req’d
(In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)
1-1/4 HYD.CS 2-1/4 57,2 1-5/16 33,3 1.660 42,2 4
2-7/8S WP. FJ 3 76,2 2 50,8 1.000 25,4 4
3-13/16 TSWP 3-13/16 96,8 2-15/16 74,6 1.750 44,5 6
3-13/16 TSS 3-13/16 96,8 2-3/8 60,3 1.315 - 1.660 - 1.000 33,4 - 42,2 - 25,4 5
3-13-16 TSS 3-13/16 96,8 2-3/8 60,3 0.750 19,1 4
3-13/16 TSS 3-13/16 96,8 2-1/2 63,5 1.900 - 1.315 48,3 - 33,4 5
3-13/16 TSWP 3-13/16 96,8 3-3/16 81,0 0.625 15,9 8
4" TSWP 4-3/8 111,1 3-1/4 82,6 2.375 60,3 5
4-3/8 TSWP 4-1/2 114,3 3-3/16 81,0 2.375 60,3 5
4-1/2 TSWP 4-1/2 114,3 3-3/8 85,7 2.375 60,3 5
5-1/2 TSWP 5-1/2 139,7 4-1/8 104,8 2.875 - 3.375 - 3.625 73 - 85,7 - 92,1 5
5-3/4 TSS 5-3/4 146,1 5 127,0 4.750 120,7 8
5-1/2 X-Line 5-7/8 149,2 4-5/8 117,5 1.315 - 1.660 33,4 - 42,2 4
5-1/2 X-Line 5-7/8 149,2 4-5/8 117,5 2.375 - 2.875 - 1.900 60,3 - 73 - 48,3 - 73 6
- 2.875 - 2.375 - 60,3
5-3/4 TSS 6 152,4 4-1/2 114,3 3.500 - 2.875 - 2.375 88,9 - 73 - 60,3 5
7" X-Line 8 203,2 6-1/4 158,8 4.437 112-7/10 8

Rolling Dog Overshot

Product No. 116-07

55
 FISHING SERVICES

KELO OVERSHOT
Product No. 110-06
The Kelo Overshot is a simple bulldog design overshot. It is used to catch small
diameter workstrings, sucker rods, or coiled tubing. The socket design incorporates
a single slip which moves vertically along the slip guide. By lowering the overshot over
a fish the slip is pushed up the guide, straight pick up will pull the slip down and engage
the fish. The more overpull is applied, the harder the slip will bite into the fish.
Therefore the overshot is not releasable.
Kelo Sockets are manufactured with washpipe connections. This allows washpipe
to run above the overshot if the workstring ID is insufficient to swallow the fish. A
washover shoe may be run below the overshot to dress a fish that may have been
flared beyond the ID of the Kelo Socket.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• The slip is the only moving part
• Slip is constructed of high-grade alloy and carburized to retain sharpness
• Simple to operate
• Washpipe connection allows options such as dressing guide or oversize guide

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD of Overshot (In.) 2-1/8 2-1/4 3-1/2 4-1/8 4-1/2 5-3/4
(mm) 53,9 57,2 88,9 104,8 114,3 146,1
Maximum Size (In.) 5/8 1-1/16 1-11/16 2 2.179 1-11/16
(mm) 15,9 27 42,9 50,8 55,3 42,9
Minimum Catch (In.) 0 15/32 5/8 0 0 0
Kelo Overshot (mm) 0 11,9 15,9
Product No. 110-06
Top Connection 1-1/4 1-1/2 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-3/4
CS Hydril CS Hydril TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP
Bottom Connection Cutlip Guide 1-1/2 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-3/4
CS Hydril TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP

BULLDOG OVERSHOT
Product No. 111-07
The Bulldog Overshot is designed for straight pick up only of fish with OD too large to
be caught by any other method. The overshot is a simple design which incorporates
a “C” grapple. The overshot can be manufactured in one or two pieces.
The overshot is not releasable and has limited tensile and torsional strengths.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Smallest ratio of fish OD to overshot OD
• Simple design

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Overshot OD (In.) 3-5/8 3-5/8 4 4-1/16 8-3/8
(mm) 92,1 92,1 103,2 103,2 212,7
Catch Size (In.) 2-7/8 3-1/8 3-1/2 3-3/4 7.441
(mm) 73,0 79,4 88,9 95,3 189,0
Bulldog Overshot Tensile Yield (lbs) 34,417 17,548 18,965 5,689 99,266
Product No. 111-07 (kg) 15591 7949 8591 2577 44967

56
 FISHING SERVICES

HOLLOW MILL CONTAINER

AND INSERT
Product No. 151-20
The Hollow Mill Assembly, which con-
sists of a Hollow Mill Extension and a
Hollow Mill Insert, is used as an overshot
accessory to mill away flared or over-
sized tops of pipe that have twisted or
broken off during drilling operations.
Because the fish can pass into the grapple
and bowl, the Hollow Mill Assembly
makes it possible to mill and recover in a
single trip.
The Hollow Mill Assembly is made up
between the overshot bowl and guide.
Due to the total torque being applied to
the tang of the Hollow Mill Insert, the
milling operation should be carried out
with low weight and torque. Once the
oversized top of the fish is milled away,
the fish can be engaged according to
standard Bowen releasing overshot pro-
cedures.
The Hollow Mill Insert can only be
used with basket grapples.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Permits milling and recovery in a single
trip
• Unique taper design of insert permits
full removal of flared or oversized top
fish
• Mill insert placement allows the fish to
be dressed before the grapple en-
gages and gives the operator a posi-
tive indication that the overshot will
swallow the fish
• Insert made from low-alloy steel to
allow multiple redressing and avoid
stress cracking
• Mill insert dressed with SUPERLOY
crushed carbide cutting material to
ensure efficient milling
• Extension constructed from AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel for superior
strength

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Overshot OD (In.) 3-1/8 3-5/8 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-3/8 4-11/16 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-9/16 5-9/16 5-5/8 5-3/4
(mm) 79,4 92,1 98,4 100,0 104,8 111,1 119,1 133,4 133,4 141,3 141,3 142,9 146,1
Overshot Bowl No. 9306 9271 1836 5103 9107 4621 9111 4717 9517 5898 5898 5170 8977
Maximum Insert ID (In.) 2 2-19/32 2-5/8 2-19/32 2-5/8 2-7/8 3-1/8 3-3/4 3-1/4 3-11/16 3-11/16 4-1/4 4-1/4
(mm) 50,8 65,9 66,7 65,9 66,7 73,0 79,4 95,3 82,6 93,7 93,7 108,0 108,0
Overshot OD (In.) 6-1/8 6-5/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-3/4 8-1/8 8-1/8
(mm) 155,6 168,3 187,3 187,3 187,3 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 196,9 196,9 206,4 206,4
Overshot Bowl No. 7788 8617 3522 6152 9694 1641 1657 7574 9862 9134 9164 9219 9817
Maximum Insert ID (In.) 4-3/8 4-7/8 5 5 5-5/8 5-9/16 5-3/8 5-1/4 5-7/8 6 5-5/8 6-3/8 6-3/8
(mm) 111,1 123,8 127,0 127,0 142,9 141,3 136,5 133,4 149,2 152,4 142,9 161,9 161,9
Overshot OD (In.) 8-1/8 8-5/8 8-7/8 8-7/8 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 11-1/4 11-3/4 12-3/4 —
(mm) 206,4 219,1 225,4 225,4 238,1 241,3 244,5 266,7 269,9 285,8 298,5 323,9
Overshot Bowl No. 3711 7801 9852 10261 1501 9062 266 5307 5323 12824 5331 15802 —
Maximum Insert ID (In.) 5-3/4 6-1/4 7-1/8 6-1/2 7 7-3/4 7-1/4 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-7/8 9-3/8 10-1/2 —
(mm) 146,1 158,8 181,0 165,1 177,8 196,9 184,2 206,4 209,6 225,4 238,1 266,7

Hollow Mill Container and Insert

Product No. 151-20

57
 FISHING SERVICES

HIGH PRESSURE PACK-OFF pressure which can normally be applied

Product No. 110-59
The High Pressure Pack-Off Assembly
is an overshot accessory that is run
between the top sub and the bowl of an
overshot to establish high pressure cir-
culation. The pack-off is a simple design
consisting of the pack-off sub with pack-
ing and packing retainer rings.
Once a clean fish top has been es-
tablished, the High Pressure Pack-off
can be run with an overshot. The fish is
engaged as per operating instructions
for the overshot being used. Once the
fish has been positively engaged, it is
possible to apply two to three times the
to a standard overshot packing.
The packing is normally stacked to
hold pressure internally and externally.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Converts standard overshot to a tem-
porary or permanent patch
• Allows high pressure circulation to re-
move ID blockage
• Packing corrosion resistant
• Packing rings pressure energized for
positive seal on fish
• Pack-off threads compatible with most
overshot threads
• H2S service assemblies available on
request

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Bowl Overshot Size to Burst Bowl Overshot Size to Burst
No. Size Pack-Off Pressure No. Size Pack-Off Pressure
Body-psi Body-psi
9271 (In./psi) 3-5/8 1-1/4 7,200 8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 4 8,600
(mm/bar) 92,1 31,8 496,6 (mm/bar) 146,1 101,6 593,1
9271 (In./psi) 3-5/8 1,660 7,200 8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 3-1/2 8,600
(mm/bar) 92,1 42,2 496,6 (mm/bar) 146,1 88,9 593,1
9271 (In./psi) 3-5/8 2 7,200 8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 4-1/8 8,600
(mm/bar) 92,1 50,8 496,6 (mm/bar) 146,1 104,8 593,1
9271 (In./psi) 3-5/8 2-1/16 7,200 8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 4-1/2 8,600
(mm/bar) 92,1 52,4 496,6 (mm/bar) 146,1 114,3 593,1
9271 (In./psi) 3-5/8 2-3/8 7,200 7788 (In./psi) 6-1/8 3-1/2 5,600
(mm/bar) 92,1 60,3 496,6 (mm/bar) 155,6 88,9 386,2
B5103 (In./psi) 3-7/8 2-3/8 7,100 6152 (In./psi) 7-3/8 4 8,000
(mm/bar) 98,4 60,3 489,7 (mm/bar) 187,3 101,6 551,7
B5103 (In./psi) 3-7/8 2-7/8 7,100 9694 (In./psi) 7-3/8 4 5,500
(mm/bar) 98,4 73,0 489,7 (mm/bar) 187,3 101,6 379,3
B1836 (In./psi) 3-7/8 2-7/8 9,050 B3522 (In./psi) 7-3/8 4 7,000
(mm/bar) 98,4 73,0 624,1 (mm/bar) 187,3 101,6 482,8
9107 (In./psi) 4-1/8 1,900 9,000 9694 (In./psi) 7-3/8 4-1/2 5,500
(mm/bar) 104,8 48,3 620,7 (mm/bar) 187,3 114,3 379,3
9107 (In./psi) 4-1/8 2-3/8 9,000 7574 (In./psi) 7-5/8 3-1/2 7,500
(mm/bar) 104,8 60,3 620,7 (mm/bar) 193,7 88,9 517,2
8223 (In./psi) 4-1/8 2-3/8 8,000 7574 (In./psi) 7-5/8 4 7,500
(mm/bar) 104,8 60,3 551,7 (mm/bar) 193,7 101,6 517,2
B5117 (In./psi) 4-1/8 2-7/8 9,000 9134 (In./psi) 7-3/4 4-1/2 5,100
(mm/bar) 104,8 73,0 620,7 (mm/bar) 196,9 114,3 351,7
9107 (In./psi) 4-1/8 2-7/8 9,000 9134 (In./psi) 7-3/4 5 5,100
(mm/bar) 104,8 73,0 620,7 (mm/bar) 196,9 127,0 351,7
8223 (In./psi) 4-1/8 2-7/8 8,000 1657 (In./psi) 7-7/8 4-1/2 5,500
(mm/bar) 104,8 73,0 551,7 (mm/bar) 200,0 114,3 379,3
9107 (In./psi) 4-1/8 3-1/16 9,000 1657 (In./psi) 7-7/8 5-1/2 5,500
(mm/bar) 104,8 77,8 620,7 (mm/bar) 200,0 139,7 379,3
B4621 (In./psi) 4-3/8 2-7/8 5,800 9134 (In./psi) 8 4-1/2 7,100
(mm/bar) 111,1 73,0 400,0 (mm/bar) 203,2 114,3 489,7
9111 (In./psi) 4-11/16 2-1/16 8,400 9134 (In./psi) 8 5 7,100
(mm/bar) 119,1 52,4 579,3 (mm/bar) 203,2 127,0 489,7
9111 (In./psi) 4-11/16 2-3/8 8,400 9219 (In./psi) 8-1/8 4-1/2 4,800
(mm/bar) 119,1 60,3 579,3 (mm/bar) 206,4 114,3 331,0
9111 (In./psi) 4-11/16 2-7/8 8,400 9219 (In./psi) 8-1/8 5 4,800
(mm/bar) 119,1 73,0 579,3 (mm/bar) 206,4 127,0 331,0
B4717 (In./psi) 5-1/4 3-1/2 6,500 9219 (In./psi) 8-1/8 5-1/2 4,800
(mm/bar) 133,4 88,9 448,3 (mm/bar) 206,4 139,7 331,0
5898 (In./psi) 5-9/16 2-3/8 8,600 B3711 (In./psi) 8-1/8 6-1/4 5,500
(mm/bar) 141,3 60,3 593,1 (mm/bar) 206,4 158,8 379,3
8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 2-3/8 8,600 7801 (In./psi) 8-5/8 4-1/2 6,000
(mm/bar) 146,1 60,3 593,1 (mm/bar) 219,1 114,3 413,8
8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 3-1/16 8,600 15802 (In./psi) 12-3/4 10-3/4 3,400
(mm/bar) 146,1 77,8 593,1 (mm/bar) 323,9 273,1 234,4
High Pressure Pack-Off
8977 (In./psi) 5-3/4 3-1/16 8,600 — — — — —
Product No. 110-59
(mm/bar) 146,1 77,8 593,1

58
 FISHING SERVICES

CENTER PRONG AND CRANKSHAFT ROPE SPEAR

Product Nos. 120-28 & 122-29
The Rope Spear is a reliable and efficient wireline and wire rope
retrieval tool. The rope spear retrieves all sizes of electric wireline,
slick line, braided line, or other types of wire rope that have been left
downhole. It can also be used to retrieve control line or ESP cable
that has been left downhole. This tool has been very successful in
recovering these items in cased or open hole.
The Rope Spear is one of the easiest tools in the industry to
operate. The tool is dressed with the proper lower shank, run
downhole on two or three drill collars to the required depth, and
rotated to the right until ample contact with the wireline is achieved.
As the workstring is pulled up, the wireline that is wrapped around the
spear slips down and latches onto the barbs. Assuming satisfactory
contact is made with the wireline, the retrieval operation can be
successfully completed in one run.

FEATURE/BENEFITS
• One of industry’s most reliable, efficient tools for retrieving wireline
• Proven track record of hundreds of successful runs and many
years of maintenance-free service
• Retrieves cut wireline and rope still attached to a tool stuck
downhole

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) 4-1/2 - 10-3/4 5 - 10-3/4 7-5/8
(mm) 114,3 127 193,7
Top Connection 2-3/8" API Reg 2-7/8" API Reg 4-1/2" API IF
OD of Tool (In.) 3-1/8 4-1/8 6-1/4
(mm) 79,4 104,8 158,7

Center Prong Rope Spear Crankshaft Rope Spear

Product No. 120-28 Product No. 122-29

59
 FISHING SERVICES

WIRELINE CUTTER LATCH JACK SPEAR

Product No. 170-26
The Mechanical Wireline Cutter is used to cut
a wireline just above the rope socket of a stuck
tool. This allows the cut line to be retrieved in
one piece while providing a desirable fishing
top on the stuck tool. The cutter is installed
over the line and run in on wireline or pipe, if
clearances permit.
The cutter is installed over the wireline by
removing the keeper block. The keeper block
is replaced and the cutter attached to a run-in
line by means of a rope socket or crossover
sub. Cutting knives are then activated by
applying an upward strain on the run-in line or
pipe that continues until the cut is indicated.
The cut wireline and run-in line (or pipe) are
then retrieved and fishing operations begun on
the stuck tool.
It may be desirable, when line condition is
questionable, to make a “dummy run” with
cutter knives removed to be certain that no
obstacles are encountered from surface down
to the stuck tool.
Wireline Cutter
Product No. 170-26
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows wireline to be retrieved in one piece
• Provides a desirable fishing top in the stuck
tool
• Saves rig time by eliminating fishing trips
with wire-rope spears
• Eliminates the need for a rig if wireline and
stuck tools can be recovered with another
wireline unit
WIRELINE CUTTER
PRODUCT NO. 170-26
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD (In.) 1-7/8 2-1/4 3-1/2
(mm) 47,6 57,2 88,9
Product No. 122-28
The Latch Jack is a wireline fishing tool de-
signed for fishing wire through restrictions or
wire that has become balled up. The tool is
manufactured from high tensile steel so that the
prongs may be forced down into or around a
reasonably compacted ball of wire. The design
incorporates barbs on the ID only so that wire
on the outside of the tool may be easily pulled
down rather then having to yield the wire creat-
ing smaller unfishable pieces.
Similar spears are manufactured without
the latch in two and three prong designs.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Fishes wire through restrictions
• Fishes balls of wire without creating smaller
broken pieces of wire
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated
alloy steel
WILSON MOUSE TRAP INSERT
Product No. 112-07
The Wilson Mouse Trap or Trap Door Insert is
a simple flapper design which is highly effective
at fishing cable, sucker rods, small tubing,
washstring, or coiled tubing. Depending on the
application, the flapper may be manufactured
with cutting or gripping capabilities.
The Overshot with the Mouse Trap Insert
can be run below washpipe or any suitable
string for swallowing the fish. Reverse circula-
tion may be used to help pull the fish into the
overshot. Due to the flapper design once circu-
lation is pumped down the workstring, the flap-
pers will be forced down by the circulating
pressure, increasing the bite on the fish or
4-1/4 cutting the fish.
108

Top Connection 5/8 7/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 FEATURES/BENEFITS

Rod Pin Rod Pin EUE EUE • Wide catching range
• Can be manufactured to fit any overshot
Maximum Size (In.) 1/2 3/4 1 1
of Cut (mm) 12,7 19,1 25,4 25,4 bowl
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated
alloy steel

Latch Jack
Product No. 122-28

60
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC PACKER
RETRIEVING SPEAR
Product No. 140-66
Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Tool
(PRT™)provides a highly reliable method
of milling and retrieving permanent pack-
ers in one run. This tool provides the
operator two releasing methods should it
become necessary to release the packer
down hole. The primary method of re-
leasing is achieved hydraulically while
the secondary method is achieved me-
chanically.
The primary release is activated by
increasing the flow rate through the tool
forcing the grapple up the PRT mandrel
into the release position. The increased
circulating rate is maintained until the
PRT spear has been pulled through the
packer bore. This method of releasing
has proven to be highly successful and
desirable in highly deviated holes where
the activation of “J” slots or straight
overpull shearing might be difficult.
The secondary method of releasing
is accomplished by the shearing of the
emergency shear ring. Normal shear
ring value ranges from 200,000 to
500,000 (90909 to 22727) shear. Jars
should be run to accommodate the high
shearing pull required. This would only
be used if fluid loss inside a wellbore
made it impossible to release by the
primary hydraulic release.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design; the grapple is the only
moving part
• Hydraulic release provides an easy
release mechanism in highly deviated
wells
• Jars may be run with spear
• Emergency shear-ring release
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• May be used with packer mill or
burning shoe

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series 100 200 300 400 500

Top Connection 1-13/16 TS PRT 2-1/4 TS PRT 2-1/4 TS PRT 3-1/8 TS PRT 3-1/4 6P Acme

OD of Tool (In.) 1-3/4 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-1/4

(mm) 44,5 60,3 69,8 88,9 108

Catch Range (In.) 1.968 - 2.750 2.468 - 3.250 3.00 - 4.00 4.00 - 5.00 4.750. - 6.00
(mm) 50 - 69,9 62,7 - 83 76,2 - 101,6 101,6 - 127 120,7 - 152,4

Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Spear

Product No. 140-66

61
 FISHING SERVICES

PACKER RETRIEVING SPEAR be performed and the packer retrieved.

Product No. 140-31
The Packer Retrieving Spear is used to
remove full bore drillable packers from
the wellbore. It is used as the retrieving
mechanism of a packer milling-retriev-
ing assembly. The Packer Retrieving
Spear passes through the bore of the
packer and engages the lower end to
allow a one-trip milling and recovery
operation.
The Packer Retrieving Spear is in-
stalled at the lower end of the milling
assembly by means of sufficient exten-
sion joints. This allows the spear to clear
the lower end of the packer bore before
the SUPERLOY ® dressed shoe or mill
makes contact with the outside of the
packer. When the spear enters the
packer bore the retrieving slip is forced
up into a position where the OD is re-
duced to allow passage through the
packer bore. As the slip clears the lower
end of the packer, it drops into the catch
position. The milling operation may now
The spear will remain in catch position
and withstand severe upward strain and
sudden movement of the packer. If
necessary, the retrieving spear may be
released from the packer bore by right-
hand rotation and lowering of the fishing
string after the spear slip has been pulled
into friction contact with the packer.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• The tool can be released and
reengaged
• May be run with a jarring assembly
• Wide variety of grapple sizes
• Hydraulics or shearing by overpull not
needed to release

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series 100 200 300 400 500

Top Connection 1-13/16 TS PRT 2-1/4 TS PRT 2-1/4 TS PRT 3-1/8 TS PRT 3-1/4 6P Acme

OD of Tool (In.) 1-3/4 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-1/4

(mm) 44,5 60,3 69,8 88,9 108

Catch Range (In.) 1.968 - 2.750 2.468 - 3.250 3.00 - 4.00 4.00 - 5.00 4.750 - 6.00
(mm) 50 - 69,9 62,7 - 83 76,2 - 101,6 101,6 - 127 120,7 - 152,4

Packer Retrieving Spear

Product No. 140-31

62
 FISHING SERVICES

“CJ-1” ™ PACKER
RETRIEVING SPEAR
Product No. 747-51
The “CJ-1” Packer is designed to ac-
commodate some of the extra long
tailpipe assemblies run in the North Sea.
The “CJ-1” has three main components:
the dog assembly, shear ring, and safety
sub with shear screws. The “CJ-1” may
be run with a packer mill or burning shoe.
Once the tool enters the packer bore,
the spear is engaged. The spear re-
mains in the catch position inside the
mill-out extension or below the packer.
After the packer has been burned over or
milled a sufficient amount to allow it to be
pushed downhole, the packer bottom
sub will catch on the dogs.
To release the “CJ-1” the shear ring
must first be sheared. The shear ring
most often used has a 60,000 pound
shear value. Once the shear ring has
been sheared an overpull of 10,000 to
15,000 (4545 to 6818) is applied to the
workstring and the safety nut backed off
which will allow the dog assembly to be
pulled down into the release position.
The safety nut is also shear pinned in
place and will not back off due to milling
vibration
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows one-trip milling and recovery
• Simple to operate
• Can be used with milling assembly
which offers higher milling weights than
available with rotary shoes and
washpipe
• Back-up releasing mechanisms reduce
risk of accidentally releasing the spear

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series 80-32 80-47 x 38 80-40 190-60 x 47 190-60 190-75 x 60

Top Connection 2.375 2.875 3.062 3.750 3.750 3.750

6P Acme 6P Acme 6P Acme 6P Acme 6P Acme 6P Acme

OD of Tool (In.) 3.17 3.66 3.86 4.56 5.70 5.70

(mm) 80,5 92,9 98,0 115,8 144,8 144,8

Catch (In.) 3-1/4 3-3/4 3.00 - 4.00 4-3/4 4.750 - 6.00 6

(mm) 82,6 95,3 76,2 - 101,6 120,7 120,7 - 152,4 152,4

“CJ-1” Packer Retrieving Spear

Product No. 747-51

63
 FISHING SERVICES

SHEAR TYPE PACKER

RETRIEVER
Product No. 141-36
The Shear Type Packer Retriever Tool
(PRT ™) is designed to recover drillable
packers in a one-trip milling and recov-
ery operation. The Shear Type Packer
Retriever may be run with a packer mill
or burning shoe.
To avoid accidentally stinging into
the packer, the grapple is shear pinned
in the catch position. As the spear
enters the packer bore, the grapple set
screws shear at approximately 15,000
lbs (6818 kg) of weight, giving a positive
indication of engaging the packer. The
grapple is then forced into a position to
allow passage through the packer bore.
Once through the packer, a return spring
returns it to the catch position.
The grapple remains in the catch
position during the milling operation. If it
is necessary to release the spear from
the packer, the workstring is picked up to
a load predetermined to shear the pins in
the spear mandrel. Up to six pins, rated
at 20,000 lbs (9090 kg) load each, may
be used for each tool with the exception
of the smallest tool, rated at 10,000 lbs
(4545 kg) each.
Other tools recommended for run-
ning with the PRT assembly include boot
baskets, drill collars, and jars with ditch
magnets in the circulation system.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows one-trip milling and recovery
• Ideal for high-angle holes
• Simple to operate
• Can be used with milling assembly
which offers higher milling weights than
available with rotary shoes and
washpipe
• Large circulation courses aid in re-
moval of cuttings
• Increases flow area and clearances
reduce junk cutting of casing
• Spear is releasable from the packer
• Body parts constructed from AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series 100 300 400 500

Top Connection 1-13/16 PRT 3-1/8 PRT 3-1/8 PRT 4-1/4 PRT

OD of Tool (In.) 1-13/16 3-1/8 3-11/16 4-5/8

(mm) 46,0 79,4 93,7 117,5

ID of Tool (In.) 3/8 1/2 1/2 1

(mm) 9,5 12,7 12,7 25,4

Shear Pin Load (lbs) 60000 110000 110000 110000

(kg) 27180 49830 49830 49830

Catch Size (In.) 2.688 3-1/4 - 3 7/8 3-7/8 - 4 - 4.400 4-3/4 - 5 - 6

(mm) 68.3 82,6 - 98,4 98,4 - 101,6 - 111,8 120,6 - 127 - 152,4

Shear Type Packer Retriever

Product No. 141-36

64
 FISHING SERVICES

WILSON TYPE “M”™ J-JOINT

Product No. 141-33
The Wilson Type “M” J-Joint has a simple FEATURES/BENEFITS
two piece design consisting of the outer • Any type catching mechanism may
body and the double “J” mandrel. be run
The “M” J-Joint is used in conjunction • Eliminates the need for a safety joint
with a washover assembly to burn-over • Easily released and reengaged
and retrieve packers in one trip. The two • Can be manufactured with
main advantages of this tool are the any washpipe connection
double “J” release and the ability to en- • Manufactured from AISI 4140
gage the fish with any type of fishing tool heat-treated alloy steel
prior to the burn-over operation and re- • Double “J” eliminates risk of
main engaged through the operation. accidental release
The double “J” design of the mandrel
eliminates the need to run any type of
safety joint below the releasing joint.
This is a great advantage when a taper
or box tap must be used. The double “J”
also makes it possible to use higher
weights both up and down without acci-
dentally releasing.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Drive
In. mm Bushing Mandrel
3-3/4 19,1 3-3/4 W.P. HYD Box x Pin 1-13/16 WFJ Box x Pin
4 101,6 4 W.P. HYD Box x Pin 1-1/4 Reg Box x Pin
4-3/8 111,1 4-3/8 W.P. HYD Box x Pin 1-1/4 Reg Box x Pin
4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 1-1/4 Reg Box x Pin
5.360 136,1 5 X-LINE Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin
5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin
5-5/8 142,9 5-5/8 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin
6 152,4 6 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin
7.390 187,7 7-5/8 X-LINE Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin

“M” J-Joint
Product No. 141-33

65
 FISHING SERVICES

TRI-STATE™ TYPE “B”™

PACKER RETRIEVER
Product No. 141-32
The TRI-STATE Type “B” Packer Re-
triever Assembly is used to burn-over
and retrieve in one trip packers that
cannot be recovered by conventional
methods. The tool is designed to be used
with an engaging device. The tool is also
used to retrieve blanking plugs from per-
manently set packers. Additionally, it
cleans sand from the top of the packer
after the well has been reworked or
squeezed above the packer in one trip.
The “B” Packer Retriever Assembly
consists of two parts: the body with
washpipe threads on both ends and a “J”
sub with small diameter workstring
threads. The body has a built-in stop and
two internal lugs to control the “J” sub.
The stop will not allow the “J” sub to pass
through the bottom of the body (Caution:
Some types of releasing tools must be
run with the “B” Packer Retriever). Shear
pins in the body lock the “J” sub in
position until the fish is engaged.
The engaging tool is spaced out so
that the fish will be engaged before the
shoe can come in contact with the packer
or bridge plug. Once the fish has been
engaged, picking up will shear the pin
and allow the body to be released from
the “J” sub. Normal packer milling op-
erations are carried out from this point.
When the string is elevated, the “J” sub
will reengage the body.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Packers and tailpipe assemblies with-
out mill-out extensions may be milled
over and recovered in one trip
• Any type of engaging device may be
used
• Wide selection of washpipe
connections

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Washpipe Connection 3-13/16 4 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-1/2 5 5 5-1/2 5-3/4 7-3/8 8-1/8
TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP X-line TSWP TSS TSWP TSWP

Bottom “J” Sub Connection 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2
PRT FJ EUE PRT EUE EUE EUE API Reg EUE API IF API IF

OD of Body (In.) 3-13/16 4 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-1/2 5 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-3/4 7-3/8 8-1/8
(mm) 96,8 101,6 111,1 111,1 114,3 127,0 136,5 139,7 146,1 187,3 206,4

ID of Body (In.) 2-9/16 2-11/16 3-3/16 3-5/16 3-3/16 3-5/8 3-3/4 4-1/16 4-1/4 5-7/8 6-3/8
(mm) 65,1 68,3 81,0 84,1 81,0 92,1 95,3 103,2 108,0 149,2 161,9

“B” Packer Retriever

Product No. 141-32

66
 FISHING SERVICES

WILSON HYDRAULIC
PULLING TOOL
Product No. 140-27
The Wilson Hydraulic Pulling Tool is
designed to pull objects from cased well
bores using hydraulic pump pressure.
The tool is designed to anchor in the
casing, exert its pulling force on the fish
below and transmit this force to the cas-
ing rather than the surface equipment.
This design allows the pulling tool to be
used with most conventional workover
rigs and small workstrings. The pulling
tool may be used to pull liners, retriev-
able packers, or any other objects that
require heavy pulling strains.
The pulling tool is composed of three
sections:
• The relief valve section, which is run
on top of the tool. The relief valve
section assures the ability to release
the slips and the pull load whether or
not differential pressure exist at the
tool.
• The anchor section, which is run
immediatley below the relief valve,
anchors the tool to the casing wall.
The anchor section provides a large
slip engagement area to safely trans-
mit the heavy pulling strains with mini-
mum risk to the casing.
• The pulling section is run below the
anchor section. A blanking sub is run
below the pulling section so that hy-
draulic pressure may be applied. The
pulling section will produce pulling
forces ranging from 35 lbs of pull per 1
psi with the 4" tool to 106 lbs of pull per
1 psi with the 7" tool.
The pulling tool may be used with
mechanical fishing tools, such as an
overshot or screw-in assembly.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Will operate off rig pumps or reversing
unit
• May be used with small workstring
• May be used with low weight capacity
workover rig
• May be used with any mechanical
fishing tool

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Range (In.) 5 5-1/2 - 6-5/8 7 - 7-5/8 8-5/8 - 9-5/8
(mm) 127 139,7 - 168,3 177,8 - 193,7 219,1 - 244,5

OD of Pulling Tool (In.) 4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7

(mm) 101,6 114,3 139,7 177,8

Pulling Ratio (psi) 35:1 47:1 65:1 106:1

(bar) 1:35 1:47 1:65 1:106

Wilson Hydraulic Pulling Tool

Product No. 140-27

67
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC
REVERSING TOOL
Product No. 141-10
The Hydraulic Reversing Tool is a hy-
draulically operated backoff tool that is
used to apply break-out torque and to
unscrew lengths of drillpipe, tubing, and
drill collars that have become stuck.
The reversing tool is made up to the
top of a typical left-hand fishing string
(i.e. a left-hand box tap, taper tap, or
overshot; a left-hand J-joint, and one or
more joints of left-hand drillpipe). A 5 ft
pup joint, bumper, and oil jars, 4-6 drill
collars, crossovers, and the workstring
are then added above the anchor sec-
tion. (Note: All connections above the
anchor section are right-hand.)
The tools are tripped in the well and
the fish is engaged. Anchor slips are set
with pump pressure, then bled off, and
the collar weight is lowered onto the
anchor section. Next, the tool is pres-
sured up to make backoff. The reversing
tool is cycled until the connection is com-
pletely backed out. The pump is turned
off and the workstring is picked up. This
releases the slips in the anchor section
and allows the fish to be tripped out of the
hole. With minor modifications, the Hy-
draulic Reversing Tool has been used
for downhole casing make up.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Used for both cased hole and open
hole fishing operations
• Easily adaptable to directional wells;
hydraulic operation requires no rotary
action after engaging the fish
• All torque transmitted from the anchor
section directly to the fish; workstring
does not transmit any backoff torque
to the fish
• Backoff in cased hole requires no spe-
cial strings of left-hand, heavy-wall, or
high-strength tool joints
• Rugged construction for dependable
downhole performance
• Body parts constructed of AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel engagement
to the casing ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD (In.) 4-1/2 5-5/8 8
(mm) 114,3 142,9 203,2

Top Connection 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API IF 6-5/8 API Reg

Casing Size and (In. / lb/ft) 5-1/2 / 14-23 7 / 17 - 38 9-5/8 / 32 - 53.5 11-3/4 42-60
7-5/8 / 24 - 47.1 10-3/4 / 32.75-65.7 13-3/8 48-72

(mm / kg/m) 139,7 / 20,8 - 34,2 177,8 / 25,3 - 56,5 244,5 / 47,6 - 79,5 298,5 / 62,4 - 89,2
193,7 / 35,7 -70 273,1 / 48,7 - 97,4 339,7 / 71,3 - 107

Torque Output (ft/lb) 15,000 25,000 50,000

(N/m) 11111 18518 37037

Hydraulic Reversing Tool

Product No. 141-10

68
 FISHING SERVICES

DRILLING SAFETY JOINT

Product No. 150-25
The Drilling Safety Joint is designed to provide a means of disconnecting from the
bottom hole assembly or an unreleasable engaging tool without the use of wireline or
a manual backoff. The drilling safety joint is a simple effective design which
incorporates three main components: the mandrel, bottom sub, and friction ring. Left-
hand rotation will back the mandrel out of the bottom sub. Due to the friction ring, the
break-out torque will be approximately 25% of the makeup torque.
The Drilling Safety Joint may be ordered with left-hand connections. Drilling Safety
Joints also have been manufactured from non-magnetic materials, to be run above
an MWD tool.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection 1-1/4 Reg 1-1/2 MT 1-13/16 FJ 2-3/8 FJ 2-3/8 EUE 2-3/8 Reg
OD of Tool (In.) 2-3/16 2 1-13/16 2-1/2 3-1/16 3-1/8
(mm) 55,56 50,80 46,04 63,50 77,79 79,38
ID of Tool (In.) 5/8 1-5/16 5/8 1 2 1
(mm) 15,88 33,34 15,88 25,40 50,80 25,40

Connection 2-3/8 API IF 2-7/8 EUE 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API IF 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 EUE
OD of Tool (In.) 3-5/8 3-21/32 3-3/4 4-3/25 4-1/2 4-1/2
(mm) 92,08 92,87 95,25 104,65 114,30 114,30
ID of Tool (In.) 1-1/4 2-7/16 1-1/4 2-1/8 1-1/2 3
(mm) 31,75 61,91 31,75 53,98 38,10 76,20

Connection 3-1/2 API FH 3-1/2 API IF 4 API FH 4-1/2 XH 4-1/2 API FH 4-1/2 API IF
OD of Tool (In.) 4-5/8 4-3/4 5-1/4 6 5-3/4 6-3/8
(mm) 117,48 120,65 133,35 152,40 146,05 161,93
ID of Tool (In.) 2-7/16 2-11/16 2-13/16 3-1/4 3 3-3/4
(mm) 61,91 68,26 71,44 82,55 76,20 95,25

Connection 4-1/2 API IF 5-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 7-5/8 API Reg — —
OD of Tool (In.) 6-1/2 6-3/4 8 9 — —
(mm) 165,10 171,45 203,20 228,60
ID of Tool (In.) 3-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/2 4 — —
(mm) 95,25 69,85 88,90 101,60

Drilling Safety Joint

Product No. 150-25

69
 FISHING SERVICES

BOX TAP AND TAPER TAP

Product Nos. 110-99 & 121-00
Box Taps are used to engage the outside
diameter of a fish, usually in situations
where conventional releasing overshots
would not be a feasible option. They are
designed to tap threads into the steel so
that the fish can be retrieved or the
fishing job can be continued.
Taper Taps are used to engage the
inside of a fish where conventional re-
leasing spears would not be feasible.
Like the Box Tap, it is designed to cut
threads where no threads are present.
Standard taps are machined from
high quality heat-treated steel with but-
tress-type threads that are carburized
for high surface hardness and good core
strength. They can be ordered with right-
hand or left-hand wickers. The normal
taper is 3/4" per foot which is the most
effective for fishing applications. Stan-
dard box taps are made with an integral
guide on the lower end to ensure proper
Box Tap engagement with the fish even when it is
Product No. 110-99 not centralized in the hole.
Box and Taper Taps are available in
a wide variety of sizes and connections.
On request box taps can be manufac-
tured with as little as .84/1 ratio of fish OD
to tap OD.
Taps can be used to fish tubulars,
bridge plugs, packers, or other types of
downhole equipment where conventional
spears and overshots cannot be used.
(Caution: Taps are unreleasable and
should only be used when releasing en-
gagement type tool is not an option.)
Taps should always be run with a safety
joint and bumper jar.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Manufactured from high-quality heat-
treated steels
• Buttress-type threads are carburized
for high-surface hardness and proper
care strength
• Available with right-handed or left-
handed wickers and connections
• Thread profile can be ordered in a
straight or fluted design
• Various sizes, lengths, and connec-
tions are available on request to handle
specific types of external profiles

BOX TAP SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Connection 3/4 Sucker 1-13/16 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8
Rod FJ WFJ API Reg API IF API IF API IF API FH API IF API Reg
Tool OD (In.) 1-1/2 1-13/16 2-9/16 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-3/16 4-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/2 8
(mm) 38,1 46,0 65,1 79,4 92,1 106,4 120,7 146,1 165,1 203,2
ID at first wicker (In.) 7/8 1-11/32 2-1/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-11/16 4-1/4 5-1/8 5-7/8 7-3/8
(mm) 22,2 34,1 54,0 66,7 79,4 93,7 108,0 130,2 149,2 187,3

TAPER TAP SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Connection 1 AM 1-1/4 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8
MT FJ FJ API Reg API IF API IF API IF API FH API IF API Reg
Tool OD (In.) 1,60 2-1/4 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/8 4-1/8 4-3/4 3-5/8 6-1/2 8
(mm) 40,6 57,2 63,5 79,4 85,7 104,8 120,7 92,1 165,1 203,2
OD at first wicker(In.) 3/4 1/2 1/2 1 1-1/2 1-7/8 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/4 3
(mm) 14,3 12,7 12,7 12,7 38,1 47,6 38,1 38,1 57,2 76,2

Taper Tap
Product No. 121-00

70
 FISHING SERVICES

PIN TAP
Product No. 121-01
Pin Taps are used to engage a tool joint connection that has been split
or flared or when conventional releasing type tools have failed. It is also
used to engage a tool joint for a backoff. The threaded section of the Pin
Tap is longer than the API pin dimension for the given thread.
Pin Taps are machined from high quality heat-treated steel with tool
joint type threads that are carburized for high surface hardness and
good core strength. They can be ordered with right-hand or left-hand
taping threads. Pin Taps are available for most API drillpipe connec-
tions and have the recommended API OD and ID of the tool joint.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Will make up in damaged threads
• Full bore for wireline
• Carburized wickers
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

Pin Tap
Product No. 121-01

HOLLOW PIN TAP

Product No. 121-01
The Hollow Pin Tap is designed for a very specific operation. When a
joint of washpipe has twisted off with a fish sticking out of the top, a
Hollow Pin Tap is usually the only solution. The Hollow Pin Taps are
manufactured with any connections. The taps have the same ID as the
washpipe connection. This allows washpipe that has twisted off over the
maximum washover size to be engaged.
Hollow Pin Taps are machined from high quality heat-treated steel
with the wickers carburized for high surface hardness and good core
strength. They can be ordered with right-hand or left-hand wickers.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Available in all washpipe connections
• Carburized wickers
• Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

Hollow Pin Tap

Product No. 121-01

71
 FISHING SERVICES

LOCKING PIN SUB FEATURES/BENEFITS

Product No. 120-60
The Locking Pin Sub is designed to replace
the standard screw-in sub when a backoff of
stuck pipe or tubing is necessary.
The Locking Pin Sub is made up to
the bottom of the workstring or fishing
assembly and is designed to screw into
the fish. After tagging the downhole box
of the fish, the Locking Pin Sub is made
up into it. From this point, the Locking Pin
Sub cannot be backed off downhole.
Normal jarring or backoff operations can
be carried out. The recovered fish is
then pulled out of the hole.
To remove the pin sub from the fish,
slips are set beneath the first tool joint
under the sub and all subs and collars
above it are removed. The pin sub is
then released from the fish using a re-
leasing tool inserted through the box ID.
• Reduces risk of premature back-out of
screw-in point while performing a
deeper backoff
• Simple three-piece construction consists
of the sub, pin collar, and retainer ring
• Provides easy release from recovered
pipe once tools are out of the hole
• Standard API right-hand box up and
pin-down connections eliminate cross-
over sub and allow the Locking Pin
Sub to be screwed directly into fish
from the workstring
• Normal right-hand rotation makes up
split pin into the downhole box
• Unique eccentric cam on pin provides
immediate lockup of the connection
when left-hand rotation is applied
• Available in standard API regular and
IF threaded connections

Locking Pin Sub

Product No. 120-60 BACKOFF SWIVEL FEATURES/BENEFITS
Product No. 162-01 • Used in conjunction with a ball safety
The Backoff Swivel allows squeeze and valve, pump-in sub, lubricator joint,
test tools to be opened or closed while and wireline pack-off to permit circula-
the pipe is suspended in the elevators, tion, rotation and pulling, and main-
without rotation of the hook. It is used tains complete well control
most commonly during wireline backoff • Constructed from AISI 4140 heat-
to prevent the elevators from turning treated alloy steel
while torque is applied to pipe to check • High-strength roller thrust bearing per-
free point and make the backoff. mits heavy-duty use
The Backoff Swivel can also be used • Protected grease fittings provide
as a production test swivel. proper lubrication to bearings and seals
The Backoff Swivel is installed on top • Special seals maintain internal pres-
of the drillpipe or tubing string, above the sure capacity.
rig floor and used while rotating or recip-
rocating pipe.
BACKOFF SWIVEL
PRODUCT NO. 162-01
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD (In.) 11-1/2 11-1/2 12-3/8
(mm) 292,1 292,1 314,3
Connection 2-7/8 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 API IF
ID (In.) 2-1/8 2-11/16 3
(mm) 54 68,2 76,2
Maximum Load (lbs) 300,000 400,000 400,000
(kg) 135900 181200 181200
Working Pressure (psi) 10,000 10,000 10,000
(bar) 689 689 689
Bearing Load Static (lbs) 490,000 490,000 540,000
(kg) 221970 221970 244620
Backoff Swivel Bearing Load Dynamic (lbs) 190,000 190,000 209,000
Product No. 162-01 (Rated at 33-1/3 RPMs) (kg) 86070 86070 94677

72
 FISHING SERVICES

MARINE SWIVEL RING TYPE SPACE-OUT

Product No. 170-01
The Marine Swivel is used exclusively
on floating rigs to suspend a cutting
string in a fixed vertical position. To ac-
complish this, the swivel must land on a
fixed point in the riser blow-out preventers
or wellhead. For cutting larger casing
strings, after the riser has been removed,
the marine swivel comes equipped with
adapter rings from 16-3/8" OD to 30" OD.
To operate effectively and if weather
conditions permit, a slack joint may be
run above the cutter to reduce the
drillstring flexure resulting in an uneven
cut. A space-out assembly is run below
the swivel so the cutter is positioned at
the desired cutting depth.
SUB ASSEMBLY
Product No. 170-70
The Ring Type Space-Out Sub Assem-
bly consists of 1", 2", and 3" spacer rings;
and 8" and 12" shoulder-to-shoulder
length subs. Consequently, the total
length may vary from full length to minus
26". The space-out assembly is neces-
sary when knife changes are required to
complete a cutting operation utilizing a
marine swivel.
Space-out is also possible through a
series of space-out subs. These are subs
of varying shoulder-to-shoulder lengths.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Allows pin-point accuracy for the
repositioning of a cutter

MARINE SWIVEL
PRODUCT NO. 170-01 Marine Swivel
SPECIFICATION GUIDE Product No. 170-01
Swivel OD (In.) 13-3/8 14-3/8 14-3/8
Size (mm) 339,7 365,1 365,1
Adapter Sizes (In.) 18 16-3/8 16-3/8
(mm) 457,2 415,9 415,9
(In.) 27 x 17-1/2 18 18
(mm) 685,8 x 444,5 457,2 457,2
(In.) 27 x 20-1/4 18-1/2 18-1/2
(mm) 685,8 x 514,35 469,9 469,9
(In.) – 19-1/8 19-1/8
(mm) 485,8 485,8
(In.) – 28 28
(mm) 711,2 711,2
(In.) – 27 x 16 27 x 16
(mm) 685,8 x 406,4 685,8 x 406,4
(In.) – 27 x 17-1/2 27 x 17-1/2
(mm) 685,8 x 444,5 685,8 x 444,5
(In.) – 27 x 20-1/4 27 x 20-1/4
(mm) 685,8 x 514,35 685,8 x 514,35
(In.) – 29 x 25 29 x 25
(mm) 736,6 x 635,0 736,6 x 635,0
Tool Joint Connection 4-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 API IF 6-5/8 API Reg

SPACE OUT SUB

PRODUCT NO. 170-70
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter OD (In.) 5-1/2 5-3/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 11-3/4
Size (mm) 139,7 146,1 209,6 209,6 298,5
Space Out (In.) 4-3/4 4-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4
Assembly OD (mm) 120,7 120,7 196,9 196,9 196,9
Tool Joint 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 Space-Out Sub
Connection API Reg API IF API IF API Reg API Reg Product No. 170-70

73
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC STABILIZER
Product No. 172-30
The Hydraulic Non-Rotating Stabilizer is
run above a cutting assembly for maxi-
mum stabilization when cutting casing or
drillpipe.
The Hydraulic Stabilizer is run above
the cutter. Once at the location of the cut,
rotation begins and pump pressure is
applied to operate the cutter. Hydraulic
pressure will actuate the piston expand-
ing the stabilizer arms and forcing the
stabilizer pads against the ID of the cas-
ing. The hydraulic pressure required to
run the tool is less than the hydraulic
force required to operate most hydraulic
cutters; therefore, the stabilizer engages
the casing wall prior to any cutting. The
stabilizer arms and pads remain station-
ary while the cutter is rotating. When the
cut is complete, the stabilizer collapses
when pump pressure is stopped.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Design allows workstring to centralize
when cutting multiple string, casing, or
drive pipe
• Heavy-duty ball-thrust bearings allow
smooth rotation of mandrel through
stabilizer arm assembly during diffi-
cult cuts
• Stabilizer pads remain stationary dur-
ing cutter rotation
• Mandrel and body parts stationary
during cutter rotation
• No body connections to make up on
rig floor
• Skid mounted for easy handling
• Requires less than 100 psi to activate
• Can be run through ID restrictions and
set in larger ID
• Can be run with any pressure-acti-
vated tool

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing (In.) 7-5/8 - 9-5/8 18-5/8 - 36 30 - 60
(mm) 193,7 - 244,5 473,1 - 914,4 762 - 1524

Connections 4-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Collapsed OD (In.) 6-1/2 15-1/2 24 - 34

(mm) 165,1 393,7 609,6 - 863,6

Hydraulic Stabilizer
Product No. 172-30

74
 FISHING SERVICES

SLEEVE TYPE NON- VARIABLE BLADE

ROTATING STABILIZER
Product No. 171-30
The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabi-
lizer provides maximum centralization
and ensures smooth and efficient rota-
tion in cutting, milling, and fishing opera-
tions. The sleeve stabilizer is a three-
piece design consisting of a mandrel,
sleeve, and bottom sub. The sleeve sta-
bilizer is run directly above the milling or
fishing assembly. When cutting, it is best
to have a stabilizer above and below the
cutter.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Provides maximum control for cutting
and milling operations
• Non-rotating sleeve reduces vibration
during cutting and milling operations
• Non-rotating sleeve minimizes casing
wear
• Mandrel and bottom-sub manufactured
from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel
• Sleeves manufactured from mild steel
to minimize casing wear
• Mild steel construction allows sleeves
to be easily modified to different sizes
STABILIZER
Product No. 170-30
The Variable Blade or Replaceable Blade
Stabilizers are designed to run above
multi-string cutters in larger casing sizes
without restrictions. The Variable Blade
Stabilizer reduces the amount of tools
required for an abandonment. Each
blade can be easily changed by remov-
ing two locking pins and lifting the blade
up and out. The Variable Blade Stabi-
lizer can be dressed to stabilize in 16" to
48" casing. It comes equipped with five
replaceable blades per casing size. The
blades are manufactured from mild steel
to minimize on interior casing damage in
casing repair operations. The body is a
single unit manufactured from 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Reduces equipment required for
abandonment Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer
• Easily converted to different Product No. 171-30
casing sizes
• Economically modified for special
ID casing

SLEEVE TYPE NON-ROTATING STABILIZER

PRODUCT NO.171-30
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Body OD (In.) 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/2 7-3/4
(mm) 79,4 95,3 108,0 120,7 165,1 196,9
Minimum Casing ID (In.) 4.00 4.89 5.68 6.00 8.54 9.56
(mm) 101,6 124,3 144,1 152,5 216,8 242,8
Connection 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8
API Reg API Reg API Reg API IF API IF API Reg

VARIABLE BLADE STABILIZER

PRODUCT NO. 170-30
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Body OD (In.) 14-3/4
(mm) 374,7
Casing Size (In.) 16 18 5/8 20 20 24 30 36 48
(mm) 406,4 473,1 508,0 508,0 609,6 762,0 914,4 1219,2
Blade Size (In.) 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-7/8 5-1/8 6-7/8 9-1/8 13 18-7/8
(mm) 88,9 120,6 123,8 130,2 174,6 231,8 330,2 479,4
Stabilizers available with 4-1/2 API IF and 6-5/8 API Regular.
Variable Blade Stabilizer
Product No. 170-30

75
 FISHING SERVICES

CIRCULATION
CONTROL JOINT
Product No. 140-24
Circulation Control Joints provide emer- FEATURES/BENEFITS
gency circulation at a predetermined • Provides a circulation point if a plugged
hydraulic pressure. The tool consists of fish is engaged
a sub with a hole drilled through on the • Eliminates pulling wet string
side and then counter bored. It is then • Provides positive indicator of engaged
threaded to hold a rupture disc with a fish
control washer on either side. • Can be used as a drain sub or kick sub
The Circulation Control Joint may be • Rupture disc hole can be resealed
used in several ways: as a running-in or without pulling workstring out of the
seating sub used with a washout tool, or hole
to catch a light-weight fish with an over- • Maintains the same rupture pressure
shot fitted with a pack-off. A pressure from either side of the rupture disc
increase will indicate capture of a light- • Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated
weight fish which may not show up in the alloy steel
indicator. Once the fish is secured, the • Minimum ID is large enough to run
operator can pressure up to burst the free-point and backoff
rupture disc and pull a dry string.
The tool may also be run with the
rupture disc removed and the restriction
plug equipped with a short fishing neck
to serve as a kick sub that aids in engag- SPECIFICATION GUIDE
ing the fish. Size OD
Circulation Control Joint As a running-in tool, the Circulation (In.) (mm) Connection
Product No. 140-24 Control Joint is run above large diameter 4-1/8 104,8 2-7/8 API IF
tools as they go in the hole to relieve 4-3/4 120,7 3-1/2 API IF
bottomhole pressure. For this purpose, 4-5/8 117,5 3-1/2 API FH
the rupture disc is omitted and once near 5-1/4 133,4 4 API FH
the fish, a restriction plug with a long 5-1/2 139,7 4-1/2 API Reg
fishing neck is used to reseal the side 5-3/4 146,1 4-1/2 API FH
6 152,4 4-1/2 X-Hole
hole.
6-3/8 161,9 4-1/2 API IF
When used as a washout tool, the
6-3/4 171,5 5-1/2 API Reg
Circulation Control Joint is run above a 8 203,2 6-5/8 API Reg
screw-in sub, and the side hole acts as
an exhaust vent.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Control Rupture Disc Thickness
Washer ID In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
In. mm .005 0,13 .010 0,25 .015 0,38 .020 0,050
Shear Value
psi bar psi bar psi bar psi bar
1/2 12,7 1500 103 2750 190 4100 283 — —
9/16 14,3 1450 100 2450 169 — — — —
5/8 15,9 1100 75 2150 148 3250 224 — —
11/16 17,5 1000 69 1950 134 — — 4900 338
3/4 19,1 950 66 1650 114 2700 186 4800 331
13/16 20,6 900 62 1550 107 — — 3950 272
7/8 22,2 800 55 1450 100 2300 159 3500 241
15/16 23,8 750 52 1350 93 — — — —
1 25,4 650 45 1250 86 — — — —

76
 FISHING SERVICES

PUMP-OUT SUB
Product No. 140-61
The Pump-Out Sub is designed to allow
circulation above a plugged fish to avoid
pulling a wet string and for well control
purposes. The simple design consists of
the main body, sleeve, and shear pin.
Once a fish has been engaged and it is
established that circulation is not pos-
sible through the fish, a ball is pumped
down the drillstring to the sleeve. Addi-
tional pump pressure shears the shear
pin allowing the sleeve to shift. This
allows circulation through the side ports.
The Pump-Out Sub may also be used
with a mud motor when extended circu-
lating times are foreseen after the motor
operations are complete.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Balanced piston will not open prema-
turely
• Allows full flow
• Prevents mud loss through pulling of
wet strings
• Simple design and operation

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection 2-3/8 EUE 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API IF 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg
Tool OD (In.) 3-1/16 3-1/8 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-1/4
(mm) 77,8 79,4 85,7 95,3 108,0
Tool ID (In.) 1-1/8 3/4 1-1/8 3/4 1-1/8
(mm) 28,6 19,1 28,6 19,1 28,6
Ball OD (In.) 1-1/4 7/8 1-1/4 7/8 1-1/4
(mm) 31,8 22,2 31,8 22,2 31,8
Connection 3-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API FH 4-1/2 API IF 6-5/8 API Reg
Tool OD (In.) 4-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/2 8
(mm) 120,7 146,1 146,1 165,1 203,2
Tool ID (In.) 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-3/8
(mm) 44,5 44,5 44,5 50,8 60,3
Ball OD (In.) 2 2 2 2-1/4 2-5/8
(mm) 50,8 50,8 50,8 57,2 66,7

Pump-Out Sub
Product No. 140-61

77
 FISHING SERVICES

RESONANCE TOOL
Product No. 140-52
The Resonance Tool is designed to free
stuck tubulars downhole. All tubulars
exhibit resonant frequencies that are a
function of the free length. The Reso-
nance Tool applies sonic energy to the
stuck point through the workstring which
frees stuck tubulars.
The Resonance Tool is a portable
tool consisting of four main parts: oscil-
lator, 425 HP hydraulic power pack, hy-
draulic hose, and control panel. These
parts are packed as two compact units
which weigh 15,000 lbs (6818 kg). In the
field, the unit can be operational in a
short period of time. The hydraulic power
unit is equipped with spark arresting
muffler, emergency air intake shut-down,
insulated exhaust, and full containment
drip pan.
The tool allows for remote control
operation. It is equipped for variable
hook-load capacity which is field adjust-
able to suit variable load conditions up to
120,000 lbs (54545 kg). The control panel
is also portable to allow for use from any
vantage point.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Frees stuck tubulars such as open
hole liners, gravel pack screens, me-
chanical or differentially stuck pipe
• Improves cement bond and eliminates
channels
• Gravel pack compression eliminates
voids and has superior pack density
• Low stress operation reduces stress
on the workstring
• No downhole equipment required other
than a means of engagement

Resonance Tool
Product No. 140-52

78
 FISHING SERVICES

GEOTHERMAL VALVE CHANGER SYSTEM

Product No. 200-79
The Geothermal Valve Changer System is used to change wellheads
or wellhead valves quickly and easily. This package consists of a
packer, a hydraulic lubricator assembly, and power unit. The com-
plete package contains all necessary hoses, fittings, flanges, etc., to
completely service the wellhead of a geothermal well. A customer
furnished lifting crane to lift the packer and lubricator onto the
wellhead is required.
The Geothermal Packer is mechanically set below the wellhead
by utilizing the hydraulic lubricator and power unit. It is set in the
casing bore to stop all flow of steam, allowing the existing wellhead
to be replaced or repaired, or to cut out a length of bad casing under
the wellhead and lower it.
With the packer inside the lubricator, the lubricator is attached to
the wellhead valve. Steam is released gradually into the lubricator
until it reaches wellhead pressure and is equalized. The lubricator
then hydraulically lowers the packer into the casing below the
wellhead. The packer is then set mechanically by the hydraulic motor
on the lubricator. Once the packer is set, the lubricator is released
from the packer and removed from the wellhead. The wellhead valve
or wellhead can then be removed and changed. After the repairs
have been made, the lubricators are once again made up to the
wellhead, reconnected to the packer, and the packer is mechanically
released by the hydraulic motor on the lubricator. It is then retrieved
back into the lubricator. The new valve is closed and the pressure is
bled off the lubricator.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Constructed to withstand the highly corrosive gas and steam found
in geothermal wells
• Packer has been tested 24 hours at 3,000 psi (207 bar) and 500°F
with no leaks
• Eliminates the need to move a rig on location to insert a plug or kill
the well with fluid
• Valve changer has packer, snubbing unit, and lubricator in one
package
• Wells are normally back in production on the same day
• Capable of running a casing scraper prior to running packer
• Capable of milling stuck gate valves
• Closed loop hydraulic system controls running, setting, releasing,
and retrieving of packer
• Customer furnished equipment is held to a minimum on a normal
valve change operation

Geothermal Valve Changer

Product No. 200-79

79
 FISHING SERVICES

CASING JACK SYSTEM

Product No. 185-56
Casing Jack Systems are used to apply heavy pulling loads
to casing or other large tubulars. They are particularly useful
when the rig cannot handle the loads required to pull the
string or perform the assigned job.
On abandonment jobs, Casing Jacks can help free stuck
casing and pull enough pipe to lower the string weight
allowing the rig to finish pulling the casing out of hole. On
jobs where casing is rehung in the wellhead, Casing Jacks
provide pull necessary to reset the casing hanger at the
original tension at which the casing was run, regardless of
the type of rig on the well.
After the jack system is set up and the manifold con-
nected, a casing spear and drillpipe pup joint are made up
and inserted into the top of the casing. After which, the spear
is set with enough of the pup joint sticking up to set the top
set of the slips. With upper and lower slips in place, the jacks
are slowly cycled and the casing picked up in the wellhead.
Once the casing hanger is high enough above the bottom-
slip area, the bottom slips are set and the casing hanger
removed.
For rehanging jobs, the casing hanger is replaced and
the jacks removed once the decided tension is applied. For
abandonment jobs, jacking continues until the casing is free
enough for the rig to pull.
In cases which do not permit the use of the jacking spool,
two wide flange beams to support and stabilize the jacks may
be used.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Combined lifting ratio of 100 to 1 means casing jack
requires only medium pressure to operate
• 6000 psi (413,79 bar) lift capacity translates to 600,000 lbs
(272727 kg) of total lift
• Accepts API casing-handling equipment
• Pulls against top of wellhead flange instead of the rig
derrick or substructure
• High-pressure power unit operates a closed hydraulic
system so casing jack does not require a pump truck or
lease water

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Jack - 9-3/4” OD / 248 mm
Jacking Plate
350 Ton / 317100 kg Stripping Bowl
Jacking Spool
(Integral 11" / 279 - 300# Flange and Bowl)

Casing Jack System

Product No. 185-56

80
 FISHING SERVICES

KELLY DRIVE BUSHING,

TRAHAN COLLAPSIBLE DRIVE BUSHING,
AND PIPE DRIVE BUSHING
Product Nos. 183-56, 154-64 & 182-56

The Kelly Drive Bushing, the Trahan Collapsible Drive Bushing, and the Pipe Drive Bushing are designed to allow
an operator to utilize the rotary without using the kelly or the slips. This ability can be extremely useful in any operation
where engaging or getting over the top of the fish may be difficult. The Pipe Drive Bushing and the Trahan Collapsible
Drive Bushing can be used when a shear type spear has engaged the fish before the kelly has been picked up.

The Kelly Drive Bushing is a pup joint with a hex shaped middle body section 10 ft (3,04 m) long. A split bushing
which will fit pin drive or square drive rotary tables is set around the body for transmitting torque. The Kelly Drive
Bushing is spaced out in the string so the engaging tool or washover assembly will be at the top of the fish when the
body of the bushing is in the rotary table. The bushing is then installed. Once the top of the fish has been engaged
or swallowed by a washover assembly, the bushings are removed and the Kelly Pup Joint is left in the string during
the fishing or washing over operation.

The Trahan Collapsible and the Pipe Drive Bushing both utilize a slip carrying insert which attaches to the
workstring. The inner body of the Pipe Drive Bushing is machined so that the insert may pass freely up and down the
length of the bushing. The Trahan Bushing utilizes a telescoping design which holds the insert firmly. Both can be used
with pin or square drive rotary tables. Great care should be taken when attaching the inserts, if the inserts spin on the
pipe the workstring may be damaged.

81
 FISHING SERVICES

THRU-TUBING FISHING SERVICES

During the evolution of coiled tubing fishing, Baker Oil
Tools quickly realized the need to move from modified
wireline tools to a new generation of hydraulic actuated
tools. This is one prime example of the leadership we have
initiated.
Thru-Tubing Service is the process of workover or
completion of an existing wellbore without either pulling the
production string or killing the well; technology that en-
hances the reservoir’s potential by reducing fluid damage
to the wellbore; and, reduces cost to the operator by
eliminating/reducing rig and fluid cost. Thru-Tubing Fish-
ing incorporates several technologies that may be applied
wholly or separately. Current participation from Baker Oil
Tools has made us the leader and innovator from the
fishing aspect. The use of our METAL MUNCHER ®
Technology has greatly enhanced the milling capabilities
with a thru-tubing string. We are rapidly expanding our
motor applications due to enhanced capabilities with Inteq’s
motor technology, exceeding other motor providers’ capa-
bilities in the market place.
Tubing sizes range from 2-3/8" to 7". Thus, the size of
tools offered are selected for operational compatibility
within the range of tubing sizes suggested.

82

THRU-TUBING FISHING
SERVICES
Thru-Tubing Service is the process of
working over or completing an existing
wellbore without pulling the production
string or killing the well. Performed by
coiled tubing or snubbing units, thru-
tubing operations can enhance a
reservoir’s potential by reducing fluid
damage to the wellbore; and can reduce
cost to the operator by eliminating or
reducing rig and fluid costs.
Baker Oil Tools’ Thru-Tubing Fishing
Services group serves this specialized
segment of the industry with the same
focus and expertise that Baker Oil Tools
Fishing Services brings to conventional
drilling and workover operations. As a
result of long-term, on-going develop-
ment efforts, Baker Oil Tools offers the
most advanced line of thru-tubing tools
available today.
GROWTH OF AN INDUSTRY
Periodically, an industry segment expe-
riences significant technological “leaps”
which in turn, cause significant growth of
the industry itself. This clearly is the case
with coiled tubing, which started a leap
forward in the late 80s that shows no sign
yet of having reached an apex. As the
metallurgy of the coiled tubing improved,
proposed coiled tubing applications grew
more numerous and more challenging.
And as in any industry, the greater the
number of applications, the greater the
need for specialization.
The trend toward horizontal drilling
provided much of the driving force be-
hind advances in coiled tubing technol-
ogy and the related growth of that indus-
try segment. The horizontal wellbore pre-
cluded use of conventional wireline tools
and technology; work previously per-
formed by one man with a slickline unit
now required coiled tubing to force tools
down the production tubing. This use of
coiled tubing for what previously was
FISHING SERVICES
slickline work may have been the impe-
tus for development of the first genera-
tion thru-tubing fishing tools.
Based on time-tested slickline-con-
veyed fishing tools designed to operate
by reciprocation, this first generation of
coiled tubing tools worked as designed;
however, the need for non-reciprocated
tools to reduce coiled tubing cycles at the
injector head quickly became apparent.
‘NEXT GENERATION’
THRU-TUBING TECHNOLOGY
Committed to becoming the leading pro-
vider of Thru-Tubing Fishing Services,
Baker Oil Tools combined the resources
of its various and extensive product lines
to develop a new generation of Thru-
Tubing Fishing Tools. These new, hy-
draulic-actuated, flow-through external
and internal catch tools could now en-
gage a fish and jar repeatedly, without
the additional coiled tubing cycles re-
quired to engage and re-engage a recip-
rocating tool.
Working with Baker Hughes Inteq,
Baker Oil Tools also helped develop a
line of workover motors that provide the
reliability and high-torque capabilities of
the Navidrill PDM. This combination of
Navidrill motor and METAL MUNCHER ®
technologies then opened the door for all
types of milling applications, which in
turn, made further advances possible in
casing exit technology. Lessons learned
about window cutting casing exits have
now been applied to coiled tubing, re-
sulting in development of Baker Oil Tools’
Coiled Tubing Whipstocks and Thru-
Tubing Whipstocks.
This synergy of technological devel-
opment and industry expansion contin-
ues to fuel Baker Oil Tools’ efforts to
provide the leading edge technology to
widen and enhance the range of coiled
tubing applications.
83
 FISHING SERVICES

COILED TUBING CONNECTOR

Product No. 132-00
The Coiled Tubing Connector is the uppermost component in coiled tubing bottom
hole assembly. Baker uses the slip type connector which has an energized seal to
ensure pressure integrity of the workstring and is rotationally locked making it well
suited for motor applications. As the connector is assembled, the slip will be anchored
into the OD of the coiled tubing. It is recommended to pressure test and pull test the
connector before operations are carried out.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• High tensile strength
• High torsional strength for motor applications
• Large ID for maximum flow rates and pump through of actuation balls
• Manufactured with fishing profile on top of connector

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connector OD Coiled Tubing OD
In. mm In. mm
1-7/16 36,5 1 25,4
1-11/16 42,9 1 - 1-1/4 25,4 - 31,8
1-13/16 46 1 - 1-1/4 25,4 - 31,8
2-1/8 54 1 - 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 25,4 - 31,8 - 38,1
2-1/4 57,2 1-3/4 44,5
2-1/2 63,5 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 - 2 38,1 - 44,5 - 50,8
2-3/4 69,9 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 38,1 - 44,5
2-7/8 73 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 - 2 - 2-3/8 38,1 - 44,5 - 50,8 - 60,3
3 76,2 2 50,8
3-1/8 79,4 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 - 2 - 2-3/8 38,1 - 44,5 - 50,8 - 60,3
3-3/8 85,7 2-3/8 - 2-7/8 60,3
4-1/2 114,3 3-1/2 88,9
4-3/4 120,6 2-3/8 60,3

Coiled Tubing Connector

Product No. 132-00

84
 FISHING SERVICES

DUAL FLAPPER BACK PRESSURE VALVE

Product No. 132-04
The Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve is run as a well control measure to prevent
wellbore pressure from entering the workstring. This is normally run directly below the
coiled tubing connector or at the top of the bottom hole assembly. When completely
open, the flapper design allows the passage of actuation balls to hydraulically actuated
devices in the bottom hole assembly.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Dual valves
• Field proven bonded nitrile seats
• Short length
• Large ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Minimum ID Length Standard
In. mm In. mm In. mm Connection
1.44 36,58 0.56 14,22 22.22 564,39 3/4 Hydril CS
1.69 42,93 0.69 17,53 19.69 500,13 1 AM MT
1.81 45,97 0.69 17,53 19.69 500,13 1 AM MT
2.13 54,10 0.81 20,57 19.00 482,60 1-1/2 AM MT
2.50 63,50 0.81 20,57 19.00 482,60 1-1/2 AM MT
2.88 73,15 1.00 25,40 19.00 482,60 2-3/8 PAC DSI
3.13 79,50 1.00 25,40 18.82 478,03 2-3/8 PAC DSI
3.50 88,90 1.50 38,10 19.00 482,60 2-7/8 PAC DSI
3.75 95,25 1.00 25,40 19.00 482,60 2-7/8 Reg.

Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve

Product No. 132-04

85
 FISHING SERVICES

MODEL “FAU”™ SAFETY HYDRAULIC

DISCONNECT
Product No. 132-11
The “FAU” Safety Hydraulic Disconnect is specially designed for
thru-tubing fishing operations, and is built to withstand high tensional
and torsional stresses encountered in jarring and motor applications.
The “FAU” Safety Hydraulic Disconnect may be run anywhere in the
string as long as the actuation ball can be circulated to it. Should it
become necessary to disconnect from the tool string, a ball is
circulated to the releasing piston, additional pump pressure will
shear the screws, allow the piston to move down and the disconnect
to separate. When disconnected, an internal “GS” fishing profile is
left looking up, and subsequent retrieving operations may continue
with the Hydraulic Releasing “GS” Spear (shown on page 89).

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Provides controlled method of disconnection from lower portion
of BHA
• Disconnected portion has internal “GS” profile
• Balanced to prevent accidental disconnect
• Torsionally locked
• Large ID permits circulation of smaller size actuation balls
below tool
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length
In. mm In. mm
1-7/16 36,50 20.43 518,92
1-11/16 42,90 17.88 454,15
1-13/16 46,00 17.88 454,15
2-1/8 54,00 20.89 530,61
2-1/4 57,20 23.25 590,55
2-7/8 73,00 26.75 679,45
3-1/8 79,40 29.67 753,62
3-1/2 88,90 29.67 753,62

MODEL “JD” ™ SAFETY HYDRAULIC DISCONNECT

Product No. 132-12
The “JD” Disconnect was designed to eliminate the risk of failure due
to shear pin fatique during down jarring applications. Much of the
design is similar to the “FAU” Disconnect with the exception of the
mechanism which holds the actuation piston in place. The actuation
piston is held in place by spring loaded collet fingers which are in turn
held in place by a hydraulically actuated shifting sleeve. The sleeve
which holds the collet fingers in the catch position cannot be
hydraulically shifted until an actuation ball is landed in the piston.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length
Model “FAU” Safety Model “JD” Safety In. mm In. mm
Hydraulic Disconnect Hydraulic Disconnect
Product No. 132-11 Product No. 132-12 2-1/8 53,0 25.44 646,2

86
 FISHING SERVICES

HIGH LOAD DISCONNECT

Product No. 132-13
The High Load Hydraulic Disconnect design allows for greater
tensile strength, resistant to shock loading and shorter in length. The
tool is rotationally locked so that it is compatible with torque gener-
ating tools. The torsional strength of the tool is advantageous in
underreaming and cutting operations. The high tensile strength
allows jarring operations to be carried out with the High Load
Disconnect. The High Load Disconnect is a ball actuated tool which
utilizes hydraulic pressure for activation. This tool leaves an internal
“GS” profile for subsequent retrieving operations.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• High tensile strength
• Used for jarring and motor applications
• Large ID
• Shear screws have a predetermined value

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size Length Size Top Bottom
OD ID Thread Thread
In. mm In. mm In. mm
2.13 54,1 21.6 549 0.69 17,5 1-1/2" MT Box 1-1/2" MT Box
2.25 57,2 20.3 514 0.69 17,5 1-1/4" API Reg 1-1/4" API Reg
2.88 73,2 25.3 641 0.81 20,6 2-3/8" PAC DSI 2-3/8" PAC DSI
3.13 79,5 21.3 540 0.81 20,6 2-3/8" API Reg. Box 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin
3.38 85,9 21.3 540 0.81 20,6 2-3/8" API Reg. Box 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin

PULL DISCONNECT
Product No. 132-14
The Torque Thru Pull Disconnect utilizes Belleville washers which
offer the ability to disconnect at a predetermined over-pull point. The
tool is rotationally locked for motor and indexing applications. This
type of disconnect is used in applications where an actuation ball
may not be circulated down to the disconnect point, such as below
motors or when used with e-line coiled tubing.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• External profile
• No actuation ball required
• No shear screws
• Torque thru capabilities
• Adjustable disconnect load

High Load Disconnect Torque Thru Pull Disconnect

Product No. 132-13 Product No. 132-14

87
 FISHING SERVICES

DUAL ACTUATED CIRCULATING VALVE

Product No. 132-18
The Dual Actuated Circulating Valve is designed to allow a circulation path above a
mud motor to eliminate unnecessary wear on the motor during circulation. When the
motor service is complete, fluids may need to be pumped for several hours to clean
the wellbore. The use of this valve can save unnecessary wear on the mud motor
during this operation.
The Dual Actuated Circulating Valve is ball actuated and normally is run below the
hydraulic disconnect and above the downhole motor. The primary means of actuation
is accomplished by pumping a ball which will shift the piston sleeve, exposing
circulation ports. The secondary means of actuation is through a rupture disc. In the
unlikely event that the bottomhole assembly becomes plugged, increased pressure
from the surface will rupture the disc and allow circulation of an actuation ball.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Saves wear on the mud motor
• Large ID permits maximum flow rates
• Predetermined values on shear screws, and secondary rupture disc
• Balanced piston

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Min ID Length Standard
In. mm In. mm In. mm Connection
1.44 36,6 0.41 10,4 16.00 406,4 3/4 Hydril CS
1.69 42,9 0.41 10,4 12.56 319,0 1 AM MT
1.81 46,0 0.41 10,4 12.56 319,0 1 AM MT
2.13 54,1 0.44 11,2 14.13 358,9 1-1/2 AM MT
2.38 60,5 0.44 11,2 15.13 384,3 1-1/4 Reg
2.50 63,5 0.44 11,2 14.38 365,3 1-1/2 AM MT
2.88 73,2 0.44 11,2 15.13 384,3 1-1/4 Reg
3.13 79,5 0.69 17,5 16.75 425,5 2-3/8 Reg

Dual Actuated Circulating Valve

Product No. 132-18

88
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC RELEASING “GS”™ SPEAR

Product No. 133-10 (For Slick ID Fish)
Product No. 133-11 (For Fishing Neck)
The Hydraulic Releasing “GS” Spear, specifically designed for Thru-Tubing Fishing
Operations, is engineered to withstand the high tensional and side load stresses
encountered during jarring operations. Spears are designed to engage standard “GS”
fishnecks or slick ID fishnecks. The non-rotating “GS” Spear incorporates a clutch
matching that of the FAU Hydraulic Disconnect so that torque may be transmitted
through the tool.
A flow path is provided through the tool to allow circulation while running in the hole.
Once the profile is encountered, the flow path can be used to create a jetting action
to wash debris from the profile.
To engage the profile or the slick ID of a fish, minimal set down weight is applied
which moves the collets into the release position allowing it to enter the fish ID. Once
the spear has adequately entered this ID, the collets or slip will snap into the catch
position. To release from the fish or “GS” profile, increased flow rate will move the
collet or slip into the release position.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Maximum ID catch
• High tensile strength
• Pump-thru capabilities
• No shear screws
• Minimized stress on collets or slips

HYDRAULIC RELEASING “GS”™ SPEAR

PRODUCT NO. 133-10 (FOR SLICK ID FISH)
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length Catch Range
In. mm In. mm In. mm
1-13/16 46 18.40 467 1.31 to 1.781 33 to 45
2-1/4 57 20.42 519 1.75 to 2.156 44 to 55
2.70 69 22.00 559 2.125 to 2.50 54 to 64
3 76 24.00 610 2.375 to 2.84 60 to 72

HYDRAULIC RELEASING “GS”™ SPEAR

PRODUCT NO. 133-11 (FOR FISHING NECK)
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length Fish Neck Type to Catch
In. mm In. mm
1-7/16 37 21.88 556 1-1/2" GS
1-11/16 43 18.11 460 2" GS
1-13/16 46 18.11 460 2" GS
2-1/8 54 20.60 523 2-1/2" GS
2-1/4 57 20.35 517 2-1/2", 2-7/8" GS Hydraulic Releasing Hydraulic Releasing
2.70 69 23.03 585 3" GS “GS” Spear “GS” Spear
for Slick ID Fish for Fishing Neck
3 76 23.53 598 3", 3-1/2" GS Product No. 133-10 Product No. 133-11
3-1/8 79 25.03 636 3" GS
3-1/2 89 21.38 543 3-1/2", 4" GS
4-1/2 114 25.50 648 5" GS

89
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC RELEASING OVERSHOT

Product No. 133-30 (For Slick OD Fishing)
Product No. 133-31 (For Fishing Necks)
The Hydraulic Releasing Overshot has several designs: to catch an
external “JDC” profile blanking plug; and, to catch slick OD fish such
as coiled tubing. The tool is engineered to withstand high tensional,
and side loading stresses encountered during jarring operations.
The overshot is engaged by applying slight setdown weight at the
tool. A flow path is provided through the tool for circulation while
running in the hole; this path can also be used to wash debris from
the top of the fish or profile. In the event that retrieval is not possible,
increased flow rate through the tool releases it and no other tools are
left in the well.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• High strength
• Can be used for jarring operations
• Flow path permits washing debris from the top of the fish or profile
• No shear screws
• Design minimizes stress on the grapple section

PRODUCT NO. 133-30 (FOR SLICK OD FISHING)

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length Catch Size
In. mm In. mm
2-1/8 54 18.38 466,8 1.13, 1.25
2-5/8 66,7 18 457,2 1.25, 1.50, 1.75
3 76,2 22.25 565,1 2.00, 2.13, 2.25
3-1/2 88,9 22.25 565,1 2.25, 2.38, 2.50
3-3/4 95,3 22.25 565,1 2.88

PRODUCT NO. 133-31 (FOR FISHING NECKS)

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length Slick OD Catch Size
In. mm In. mm
1-7/16 36,6 16 406,4 0.88, 1.00 JDC
1-5/8 41,3 1.19 JDC
1-13/16 46 17.75 450,8 0.88, 1.00, 1.19, 1.38 JDC
2-1/8 54 18.38 466,8 1.38 JDC
2-1/4 57,2 18.63 473,2 0.75, 1.00 1.19, 1.38, 1.75 JDC
2-5/8 66,7 18 457,2 1.19, 1.38, 1.75 JDC
3 76,2 22.25 565,1 1.19, 1.38, 1.75, 2.31 JDC
3-3/8 85,7 22.25 565,1 1.19, 1.38, 1.75, 2.31 JDC
3-1/2 88,9 22.25 565,1 1.19, 1.38, 1.75, 2.31 JDC
3-3/4 95,3 22.25 565,1 2.75 JDC
4 101,6 22 559 2.75, 3.13 JDC

Hydraulic Releasing Overshot Hydraulic Releasing Overshot

Product No. 133-30 Product No. 133-31
(For Slick OD Fish) (For Fishing Necks)

90
 FISHING SERVICES

CONTINUOUS OVERSHOT
Product No. 133-32
The Continuous Overshot is designed to swallow and
engage long sections of coiled or threaded flush OD
tubulars. The engaging mechanism is a bulldog design
which, once over a tube will engage any time the overshot
is elevated. The grapple has a large catch range to
accommodate an egged, split or deformed tube. The
overshot utilizes finger springs that will center the tubing
in the grapple reducing the risk of dulling the grapple
wickers.
The Continuous Overshot may be run with washpipe
or tubing to accommodate the swallowing of a large
section of tubing or run with extensions on coiled tubing.
A cutlip, milling or dressing guide may be run on below the
overshot.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Wide catch range
• May be run on threaded or coiled tubing
• Tensile yield equal to top connection

CONTINUOUS OVERSHOT
PRODUCT NO. 133-32
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Standard Catch Range
In. Connection In.
mm mm
1.858 1-1/4 CS Hydril 1 - 1.25
47,2 25,4
2.25 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1 - 1.25
57,2 25,4 - 31,7
2.63 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1 - 1 .25 - 1.5
66,8 25,4 - 31,7 - 38,1
3.13 2-7/8 A-95 1 - 1.25 - 1.5 - 1.75 - 2.00
79,5 25,4 - 31,7 - 38,1 - 44,4
3.38 2-7/8 CS Hydril 1 - 1.25 - 1.5 - 1.75 - 2.00
85,8 25,4 - 31,7 - 38,1 - 44,4

HIGH PRESSURE PACK-OFF

Product No. 133-33
The High Pressure Pack-Off is designed to be run above
most external catch engaging devices. If a clean fish top
exists, the pack-off makes it possible to circulate through
a fish, once swallowed. The pack-off also makes it
possible, by pump pressure, to obtain an indication that
a fish has been swallowed. The pack-off in no way inhibits
the operation of the engaging tool.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Allows high pressure circulation through a fish
• Packing rings are pressure energized Continuous Overshot High Pressure Pack-Off
• May be manufactured with most tubing threads Product No. 133-32 Product No. 133-33

91
 FISHING SERVICES

SNIPPER OVERSHOT
Product No. 133-34
The Snipper Overshot is an overshot specially designed to engage and cut coiled
tubing in one run. Unlike other overshots, the Snipper Overshot does not neck down,
or crimp the coiled tubing but leaves a full ID. This makes it possible to get wireline
tools or to circulate actuation balls through the fish.
The Snipper Overshot is made up with the catch grapple on top, and the cutting
grapple on the bottom with extensions placed above the bowl to allow for swallowing
of damaged coil. If run on a jointed workstring, it can be run directly on the bottom of
the string. Both the cutting and engaging grapple are of a bulldog design and the
overshot need only be lowered over the fish. Straight pickup will engage coiled tubing
and cut. A High Pressure Packoff can be incorporated above this overshot (Product
No. 133-33, on page 91).

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Minimal over-pull required to make cut
• Leaves clean OD and ID
• Can be run on coiled tubing or conventional threaded pipe
• Retrieves cut piece in the same trip
• Full ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD Catch Size Connection
In. mm In. mm
2.25 57,15 1.000 25,40 1-1/2 CS Hydril
2.25 57,15 1.250 31,75 1-1/2 CS Hydril
2.25 57,15 1.500 38,10 1-1/2 CS Hydril
2.25 57,15 1.750 44,45 1-1/2 CS Hydril
2.625 66,68 1.000 25,40 1-1/2 CS Hydril
2.625 66,68 1.250 31,75 1-1/2 CS Hydril
2.625 66,68 1.500 38,10 1-1/2 CS Hydril
3.125 79,38 1.500 38,10 2-3/8 5.95# Hydril PH6
3.375 85,73 1.000 25,40 2-7/8 A-95
3.375 85,73 1.250 31,75 2-7/8 A-95
3.375 85,73 1.500 38,10 2-7/8 A-95
3.375 85,73 1.750 44,45 2-7/8 A-95
3.375 85,73 2.000 50,80 2-7/8 A-95

Snipper Overshot
Product No. 133-34

92
 FISHING SERVICES

NAVI-DRILL MACH 1P fluid is pumped into the tool, the rotor is

HIGH-TORQUE MOTOR forced to rotate relative to the stator,
Product No. 132-80 (Mud) allowing the fluid to pass while transmit-
Product No. 132-81 (Air) ting power to the drive assembly and bit.
Baker Oil Tools is currently offering a line
of positive displacement drilling motors FEATURES/BENEFITS
for use on coiled tubing and or small • Increased torque capabilities —
diameter threaded pipe. Special Navi- increased operational success
Drills - Workover Motors - have been • Controlled rotational speeds —
designed for these applications. protects cutting matrix
The Navi Drill M1W1 is a positive • Higher flow rate — increased
displacement downhole drilling motor annular velocity
which was designed to produce a high • Air motors with lower RPM —
torque at a given pressure drop and especially designed for compress-
controlled moderate bit speed. ible mud systems
The Navi-Drill Air Motor (M1WADM) • The air motor generates a high
operates at a lower differential pressure torque, but operates with a low
and has a slower nominal rotating speed differential pressure
than conventional motors. Over speed-
ing will be avoided in case of sudden
load changes, when using compressible AIR MOTOR
mud systems. Although the Air Motor SPECIFICATION GUIDE
was designed for operations with gas, Tool Size OD (In.) 3-3/8
the tool functions equally as well with Connection (In.) 2-7/8 PAC DSI B x
2-3/8 API REG B
fluid. These positive displacement mo- Length (ft.) 16.78
tors are used to preform milling, (m) 5,1
underreaming, cutting, washover, or any Flow (scfm) 700
other operation requiring rotation of a Rate (l/sec) 330
downhole assembly. Max Mill Speed (rpm) 540
Navi-Drill positive displacement mo- Operating Diff. (psi) 230
tors operate by the reverse of the Moineau Pressure (bar) 16
pump principle. The motor section con- Operating (ft/lbs) 600
sists of only two components - stator and Torque (Nm) 813
Power (hp) 15 - 23
rotor. These two components form a
Output (kW) 11 - 17
series of sealed cavities such that, as

MUD MOTORS
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Size OD (In.) 1-11/16 2-1/8 2-7/8 3-3/8
Connection (In.) 1 AM MT B x B 1-1/2 AM MT B x B 2-3/8 PAC DSI B x B 2-7/8 PAC DSI B x
3/8 API REG B
Length (ft.) 8.97 11 11.48 16.78
(m) 2,7 3,4 3,5 5,1
Min (gpm) 12 17 25 80
Flow (lpm) 45 64 95 303
Rate Max (gpm) 50 74 120 160
(lpm) 189 280 454 606
Max Mill Speed (rpm) 640 700 440 365
Operating Diff. (psi) 400 640 800 870
Pressure (bar) 28 44 55 60
Operating (ft/lbs) 66 140 420 720
Torque (Nm) 89 190 569 976 Navi-Drill Mach 1P
Power (hp) 2-8 4-19 8 - 26 15 - 50 High-Torque Mud Motor
Output (kW) 1.5 - 6 3-14 6 - 20 11 - 37 Product No. 132-80

93
 FISHING SERVICES

METAL MUNCHER ® JUNK MILL

Product No. 151-06
The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill is designed for the
milling of several types of obstructions. The METAL
MUNCHER Junk Mill utilizes the patented METAL
MUNCHER cutting technology for maximum rate of
penetration and extended mill life. METAL MUNCHER
mill design is perfect for motor operations because of low
weight, high speed operations. There are a variety of
designs which will meet most milling applications, with
special designs manufactured on request. Baker Oil
Tools maintains a large and varied inventory which will
accommodate most casing and tubing sizes.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Increased penetration rates
• Increased mill life
• Smaller cuttings
• Superloy backing

METAL MUNCHER® STEP MILL

Product No. 151-13
The METAL MUNCHER Step Mill is designed for the
removal of nipple profiles using low torque output mo-
tors. The design proves to be extremely effective and
has been used for the economical removal of any ID
restriction, including barium sulphate and other scales.
The design allows for only a small amount of cutting per
OD increase in the mill. The step feature not only keeps
torque and cutting size to a minimum, but also leaves a
machine like finish on the surface milled. Wear pads at
the largest OD of the mill reduces risk of damage to the
tubing or casing string.
The Step Mill has been built in sizes ranging from 1-
1/2" to 8-1/2" OD. The mill may be manufactured with a
pilot for additional stabilization

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Low torque required
• Machine like finish left on milled surface
• Longer mill life
• Will not damage outer string

METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill METAL MUNCHER Step Mill

Product No. 151-06 Product No. 151-13

94
 FISHING SERVICES

BOOT BASKET VENTURI JET BASKET

Product No. 130-16
Boot Baskets are used to trap cuttings
which are too large to circulate out of the
hole during drilling, milling, or junk fish-
ing operations. The design of the boot
basket traps junk by producing a sudden
decrease in annular velocity when the
cuttings pass the larger OD of the boot
reaching the smaller OD of the body and
top connection.
The boot basket should be run as
close as possible to the mill, bit, or junk
basket. Milling procedures are carried
out as usual with normal circulation.
Additional boot baskets may be run in
tandem to increase the junk catching
capacity.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Simple design and operation
• Contracted from AISI 4140 heat-
treated alloy steel
• Can be run in tandem
• Box-down, pin-up design so that boot
basket may be run directly above a mill
or bit
• Available in all thru-tubing connec-
tions and sizes
Product No. 130-51
The Venturi Jet Basket utilizes the same
proven technology which is used in the
Combination Ball Type Jet Basket and
the Jet Bushing, in a small diameter tool,
suitable for thru-tubing applications.
The Jet Basket is run on the bottom
of a thru-tubing workstring. The milling
head on the bottom of the jet basket may
be dressed according to the desired
application. Flow through the tool exits
the tool through a jet in the barrel of the
tool which focuses the flow out of the
circulation port. The increased velocity
of the flow through the jet creates a
reduced pressure in the barrel. This re-
duced pressure in the barrel, as well as
the flow down the outside of the tool,
creates a flow up the barrel. The flow up
the barrel will wash any debris into the
barrel above the catcher for recovery
from the well. A screen below the circu- Boot Basket
Product No. 130-16
lation port prevents the junk from being
circulated back out of the barrel.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Fully closed finger catchers
• May be run with any type of shoe
• Do not need to cut core

VENTURI JET BASKET

PRODUCT NO. 130-51
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD Connection Min Flow Rate Max Flow Rate
In. mm GPM LPM GPM LPM
1-11/16 42,8 AW Rod Pin 12.5 46,8 85 319
2-1/16 50,8 AW Rod Pin 12.5 46,8 85 319
2-5/8 66,6 1-1/4" Reg. Pin 12.5 46,8 120 450
3-1/8 79,3 2-3/8" Reg. Pin 12.5 46,8 135 506

Venturi Jet Basket

Product No. 130-51

95
 FISHING SERVICES

“DB”™ UNDERREAMER
Product No. 150-97
The “DB” Underreamer is a rugged and dependable tool used to remove
cement, sand scale, and other hardened debris from casing below the
end of production tubing.
Although the “DB” Underreamer was designed for use with mud
motors on coiled tubing, it has equal application on conventional rigs; or
snubbing units turned by either mud motors or on threaded pipe. The
“DB” Underreamer can pass through restrictions and open to full gauge
for a given size and weight of casing.
Proper nozzle size and knife selection are essential for optimum
performance of the “DB” Underreamer. Maximum bit pressure drop and
flow rate to achieve maximum torque as well as the mud weight must be
known. (Note: If maximum bit pressure drop and optimum flow rate for the
motor are not known, use bit pressure drop of 300 psi and maximum flow
rate for the motor in use.) Optimum nozzle size can be selected from the
nozzle selection graph provided below.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Maximum flow after tool is opened
• Blades designed with METAL MUNCHER matrix
• Sturdy construction for downhole reliability
• Positive indication when blades reach full gauge

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD Max Open Gauge Top Thread
In. mm In. mm In.
2.25 57,2 6.22 158,0 1-1/2" MT Box
2.63 66,8 8.09 205,4 1-1/4" API Reg. Pin
3.00 76,2 8.50 215,9 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin
3.63 92,2 8.62 218,9 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin
5.13 130,3 12.00 304,8 3-1/2" API Reg. Pin

TWO-BLADED UNDERREAMER
Product No. 132-52
The Two-Bladed Underreamer is used to mill cement sand or scale from
below tubing or below tubing restrictions. The tool offers the smallest OD
of any underreamer. The simple design is piston actuated. Once the tool
has opened to full gauge, the arms are also held open by weight on the
blades. The blades may be dressed with proven METAL MUNCHER
inserts for maximum cutting efficiency.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Small OD
• Large expanded gauge
• Simple design
• METAL MUNCHER blades

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length Top Max Casing Gage
In. mm In. mm Connection In. mm
“DB” Underreamer Two-Bladed Underreamer
Product No. 150-97 Product No. 132-52
1-11/16 42,9 13.31 338,1 1 AM MT 7 177,8
1-13/16 45,9 13.31 338,1 1 AM MT 7 177,8

96
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC TUBING CUTTER

Product No. 170-03
The Hydraulic Tubing Cutters are pres-
sure-activated, internal cutters designed
to cut small diameter pipe and tubing
with ODs ranging from 1.90" to 3-1/2"
(48,26 mm to 88,9 mm). They provide a
safe alternative to chemical and explo-
sive cutters. The cutters are recom-
mended in high-angle holes where fric-
tion and drag may restrict mechanical or
wireline cutter operations.
The Hydraulic Tubing Cutter is made
up to a coiled tubing string with a tubing
anchor to enhance the performance of
the tool steel cutter knives. The tool is
then lowered into the area to be cut.
If surface rotation is available, rota-
tion begins at approximately 30-50 RPM.
If cutters are run on a coiled tubing string,
the rotation depends on the motor capa-
bilities. Pump rate is increased gradu-
ally, in increments of 50 psi (3,44), to a
maximum of 1500 psi (103,4). Torque is
noted and cutting begins. When the cut
is complete, torque should decrease.
(Note: In a high-angle hole, torque may
not be noticeable.)
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Knives are extended by hydraulic pres-
sure and do not require mechanical
slips
• A three-knife design stabilizes the cut-
ter and reduces the risk of missed cuts
• Body parts constructed from AISI 4140
heat-treated alloy steel
• Knives are of hardened and ground
tool steel contoured for the most
efficient cut
• Provides safe alternative to explosive
or chemical cutters
• Recommended for high-angle holes
where friction and drag may restrict
mechanical and wireline type cutters
• Bottom subs with ID and check valve
are available
• Can be carried downhole on threaded
or coiled tubing workstring, using sur-
face rotation, or a downhole motor to
complete the cut

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Tubing Range Max Knife Swing Length Connection
In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
1-13/16 46 2-3/8 60,3 2-1/2 63,5 22 558,8 1" MT
1-7/8 47,6 2-3/8 60,3 3-5/8 92,1 32 812,8 1" MT
2-1/8 54 2-7/8 - 3-1/2 59 - 88,9 4-3/8 111,1 29 736,6 1-1/2" MT
2-1/2 63,5 3-1/2 88,9 4-7/8 123,8 33 838,2 1-1/2" MT

Hydraulic Tubing Cutter

Product No. 170-03

97
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC INDEXING TOOL

Product No. 132-60
The Thru-Tubing Hydraulic Indexing Tool is designed to allow rotation at the end of a
coiled tubing retrieving or fishing string. Once washing over or fishing begins, flow
through the Indexing Tool rotates the tools below 10 - 15°. This is beneficial during
fishing operations when the exact location of the fishing neck is unknown. The
Indexing Tool can also utilize a bent sub or centralizer to help locate the fishing neck
in large ID casings.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Hydraulically actuated
• Large ID
• All shifting parts are internal

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Outside Diameter Inside Diameter Overall Length Standard
Size In. mm In. mm In. mm Thread
2.13 2.13 54 0.25 6 41.60 1057 1.50" MT

Hydraulic Indexing Tool

Product No. 132-60

98
 FISHING SERVICES

“CT” ™ WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM

Product No. 150-43
The Coiled Tubing Whipstock System utilizes most of the same field proven technol-
ogy of the Eastman Style Conventional Whipstock. The milling system utilizes METAL
MUNCHER technology so that the window is cut with a minimal amount of torque or
weight. Variation in design means that the whipstock must be run separately. The
coiled tubing whipstock system may be run with several different types of anchors;
and, depending on anchor, may be retrieved.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• May be run with several types of anchors
• Coil tubing conveyed
• METAL MUNCHER technology
• Work can be performed under-balanced
• Flex area is incorporated into mills to reduce risk of connection failure

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Casing Drift Whipstock Whipstock Mill
Size Size Diameter OD Packer Size
In. mm lbs/ft mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
5 127,0 18 26,8 4.151 105,4 3-7/8 98,4 4 100,8 4-1/8 104,8
15 22,3 4.283 108,8 4 101,6 4 100,8 4-1/4 108,0
13 19,4 4.369 111,0 4 101,6 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/4 108,0
11.5 17,1 4.435 112,6 4 101,6 4-1/4 108,0 4-3/8 111,1
5-1/2 139,7 23 34,3 4.545 115,4 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/3 109,9 4-1/2 114,3
20 29,8 4.653 118,2 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/3 109,9 4-5/8 117,5
17 25,3 4.767 121,1 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-3/4 120,7
15.5 23,1 4.825 122,6 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-3/4 120,7
14 20,9 4.887 124,1 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-7/8 123,8
6-5/8 168,3 32 47,7 5.55 141,0 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 139,7
28 41,7 5.666 143,9 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-5/8 142,9
24 35,7 5.796 147,2 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-3/4 146,1
20 29,8 5.924 150,5 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 138,9 5-7/8 149,2
7 177,8 38 56,6 5.795 147,2 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 138,9 5-3/4 146,1
35 52,1 5.879 149,3 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 138,9 5-7/8 149,2
32 47,7 5.969 151,6 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 5-7/8 149,2
29 43,2 6.059 153,9 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 6 152,4
26 38,7 6.151 156,2 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 6-1/8 155,6
23 34,3 6.241 158,5 5-1/2 139,7 5-2/3 144,5 6-1/8 155,6
20 29,8 6.331 160,8 5-1/2 139,7 6-1/5 157,2 6-1/4 158,8
17 25,3 6.413 162,9 5-1/2 139,7 6-1/5 157,2 6-3/8 161,9

“CT” Whipstock System

Product No. 150-43

99
 FISHING SERVICES

MECHANICAL THRU-TUBING block. The slip pad assembly is uti-

PERMANENT WHIPSTOCK lized to transmit the setting forces
Product No. 150-76 exerted by the setting mechanism.
Two slip locks, located in the lower
MECHANICAL THRU-TUBING shear block, retain the setting forces.
RETRIEVABLE WHIPSTOCK The whipstock and slip assembly
Product No. 150-50 are connected by two pivot arms that
The Mechanical Thru-Tubing Whip- allow the whipstock and slip pad to
stock is designed to be run on elec- be wedged against the casing walls.
tric line or coiled tubing through pro- Inserts are utilized to supply the grip-
duction tubing and set in casing. ping force required to hold the
The whipstock is run in the hole assembly during milling. A pivot arm
with an adapter setting sleeve and wedge supplies the added forces
an “E-4”™ #10 Setting Tool or a required to prohibit upward move-
Model “J”™ Hydraulic Setting Tool. ment of the whipstock.
The whipstock is self-orienting to The milling operation may be car-
kick off on the high side of the hole; ried out with a small diameter
however, this may be confirmed with workover motor or a small diameter
a gyro survey. The whipstock should threaded workstring.
be located approximately 10 ft above
a casing collar.
The Mechanical Thru-Tubing
Whipstock is composed of two major
components. The first component is
a whipstock, which consist of a trough
and a slip pad housing. The tough is
utilized to guide the milling assembly
towards the casing wall in the desired
direction. The slip housing encloses
the slip assembly during the running
procedure. The second component
is the slip pad assembly. This
assembly consists of the slip, the
lower setting bar, and a lower shear

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Casing Whipstock Use Mill Complete Overall Ramp Ramp
Diameter Weight Diameter Diameter Assembly Length Length Angle
In. lbs/ft In. In. Number In. In. (Degrees)
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
60.00 3.250 3.250 150764703 184 138.6 1.45
82 82,5 82,5 4673,0 3520,0
41.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
38.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
35.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
7 32.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
178 61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
29.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
26.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
23.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
20.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0
17.00 3.625 3.800 150764701 188.9 142.6 2
61,1 92,1 96,5 4798,0 3622,0

100
 FISHING SERVICES

RUNNING SEQUENCE OF
MECHANICAL THRU-TUBING RETRIEVABLE WHIPSTOCK

101
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRAULIC CENTRALIZER THRU-TUBING SLEEVE

Product No. 132-20
HYDRAULIC DRILLING
CENTRALIZER
Product No. 132-21
The Thru-Tubing Hydraulic Centralizer is designed
to pass through the production tubing and, with the
application of fluid flow, centralize a BHA in the
casing below. The centralizer is run in the well with
the springs in the retracted position, allowing easy
passage through the tubing, production packers
and associated nipples. The Hydraulic Drilling
Centralizer is designed to handle the high bending
loads that are associated with the mud motor.
Circulation is initiated through an adjustable
orifice. Orifice size is predetermined by maxi-
mum centralization requirements.
The Hydraulic Centralizer should alway be run
with a Dual Acting Circulating Sub.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Centralizes retrieving tools in highly deviated
wells
• By changing choke size, large flow through tool
is possible without activating centralizing
Hydraulic
Drilling Centralizer springs
Product No. 132-21 • Large expansion rating with small run-in
diameter
• Collapsable spring allows normal run in hole
• Adjustable sleeve allows running in different
casing sizes without changing springs
TYPE STABILIZER
Product No. 171-30
The Sleeve Type Stablizer provides maximum cen-
tralization during milling, cutting and fishing opera-
tions. The stabilizer consist of a mandrel, top sub and
sleeve. The stabilizer blades are manufactured from
mild steel to reduce the risk of damage to nipple
profiles. The stabilizer is usually run directly above
the mud or air motor.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Non-rotating sleeve reduces vibration
• Easily field dressed to accommodate different
tubing IDs
• Available in all standard thru-tubing connections
and sizes
MECHANICAL BOW
SPRING CENTRALIZER
Product No. 132-24
The Mechanical Bow Spring Centralizer is used to
centralize a tool string below restrictions when hy-
draulic actuation is not possible. The simple design
incorporates non-rotating bow springs which will
collapse when forced into a restriction then expand
back to full OD once the restriction has been passed.
(No illustration shown.)
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Up to 8" maximum expansion
• No actuation required
• Available in most thru-tubing
connections and sizes

HYDRAULIC CENTRALIZER
PRODUCT NO. 132-20
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
HYDRAULIC DRILLING CENTRALIZER
Max PRODUCT NO. 132-21
Tool OD Tool ID Casing Connection SPECIFICATION GUIDE
In. mm In. mm Size Max
1.69 42,9 .44 11,1 7-5/8 1" MT Tool OD Tool ID Casing Connection
1.81 46 .42 10,6 7-5/8 1" MT In. mm In. mm Size
2.13 54,1 .63 16,0 9-5/8 1-1/2" MT 1.69 42,9 .44 11,1 7-5/8 1" MT
2.88 73,1 .63 16,0 9-5/8 2-3/8" PAC DSI 2.13 54,1 .63 16,0 9-5/8 1-1/2" MT
3.13 79,5 1.00 25,4 9-5/8 2-3/8" PAC DSI 3.00 76,2 1.00 25,4 9-5/8 2-3/8" PAC DSI

Thru-Tubing Sleeve
Type Stabilizer
Product No. 171-30

102
 FISHING SERVICES

KNUCKLE JOINT - Single NIPPLE PROFILE LOCATOR

Product No. 132-30
KNUCKLE JOINT - Dual
Product No. 132-31
The Thru-Tubing Knuckle Joints are used in fishing
operations in deviated wellbores, or in any situation
requiring centralization of the catch tool in the cas-
ing. The knuckle joints are used in conjunction with
a Thru-Tubing Hydraulic or Mechanical Centralizer
in order to allow centralization of the catch tool
without having to overcome the weight of the
workstring against the bottom side of the casing.
The Hydraulic or Mechanical Centralizer, therefore,
only has to support the weight of itself and the catch
tool run below.
The knuckle joints design allows fluid flow through
the tool, so it can be utilized in washover operations.
The knuckle joints may be used in either tubing or
wireline fishing applications. The standard knuckle
joints are not sealed, but the tolerances are such that
at a sufficent flow rate, the knuckle joint seals be-
tween the ball sub and the ball retainer to activate
any hydraulic actuated tools below the knuckle joint.
A sealed knuckled joint has been designed for low
flow rate applications.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Less force required to centralize BHA
• Pump through capabilities
Product No. 132-25
The Thru-Tubing Nipple Locator is a simple means
of locating a known position downhole, allowing for
more accurate positioning of the tool string. This is
especially important with a coiled tubing workstring
due to the variation in tubing elongation.
The Nipple Locator consist of three leaf springs
retained in a housing. An upset in the middle of the
springs is an expanded diameter greater than the
maximum ID of the nipple profile it is intended to
locate; however, the spring can collapse enough
to allow the locator to pass through the nipple. The
contour of the spring allows the tool to move
through restrictions easily but with sufficient force
to be detected at surface when passing through a
restriction. To overcome the effects of hole drag in
deviated wells, the adjustment sleeve allows the
tension on the spring to be changed so there will be
greater or less drag required to pass through the
restriction.
The Nipple Locator cannot be used as a tubing
end locator.
FEATURES/ BENEFITS
• Simple design
• Adjustable drag force
• Will locate in most nipples
• Mechanically operated Nipple Profile Locator
Product No. 132-25

KNUCKLE JOINT - SINGLE, PRODUCT NO. 132-30

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Tool ID Length Standard
In. mm In. mm In. mm Connection
1.69 42,9 0.56 14,2 12.50 317,5 1 AM MT
1.75 44,4 0.56 14,2 11.53 292,8 1 AM MT
2.13 54,1 0.81 20,6 17.4 441,9 1-1/2 AM MT
3.13 79,4 1.00 25,4 20.38 517,6 2-3/8 API Reg

KNUCKLE JOINT - DUAL, PRODUCT NO. 132-31

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Tool ID Length Standard
In. mm In. mm In. mm Connection
2.13 54,1 0.81 20,6 25 635 1-1/2 AM MT
3.13 79,4 1.00 25,4 29.25 742,9 2-3/8 API Reg

NIPPLE PROFILE LOCATOR, PRODUCT NO. 132-25

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD (In.) 1-11/16 1-13/16 2-1/8 3 3-3/8 Knuckle Joint - Single Knuckle Joint - Dual
(mm) 42,9 46,0 54,1 76,2 52,8 Product No. 132-30 Product No. 132-31

Connection 1 AM MT 1 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT 2-3/8 PAC DSI 2-3/8 API Reg

103
 FISHING SERVICES

“HB-3” SELECTIVE SHIFTING TOOL POWER STROKER

Product No. 811-98 Product No. 811-28
The “HB-3” Hydraulic Shifting Tool is designed for The Baker Coiled Tubing Power Stroker is designed
shifting the Baker Oil Tools Type “HL” or “CM” to run in conjunction with the “HB-3”™ Shifting Tool.
series sliding sleeve by tubing. A flow passage The Power Stroker provides a means to locate and
allow washing with tubing while running in well. anchor in a Model “HL”™ or “CM”™ Sliding Sleeve.
After washing past the sleeve, an increase of pump After it is anchored, the Power Stroker provides an
pressure causes a piston to compress a spring, additional downward force with applied hydraulic
allowing a second spring to extend a set of linkage pressure through the coiled tubing. This applied
arms extending out. The insert can be shifted either force is independent of the force applied by the
bydirectly pushing or pulling on the coiled tubing or coiled tubing. By locating the sliding sleeve with the
by use of an impact tool. After the sleeve is shifted, “HB-3” before the Power Stroker is activated, any
the shifting tool will automatically release. A de- sleeve can be shifted selectively. Specially de-
crease in pump pressure once again retracts the signed locking dogs allow the Power Stroker to
linkage arms and allows unimpeded movement up positively lock into Sur-Set profiles: “A1”™,“ AF”™,
and down the hole. “HF”™, the “F”™ profile, or the “X” profile. The shifting
distance varies between different types and styles
FEATURES/BENEFITS of “CM” and “HL” sleeves. This change in shifting
• Fully selective operation, can be run or distance is corrected by using different lengths of
retrieved through multiple sliding sleeves connectors between the “HB-3” and the Power
without manipulating the sleeve Stroker. When activated, the Power Stroker can
• Application of internal hydraulic pressure down deliver 17,500 lbs (7936 kg) downward with 3500
the coiled tubing will allow linkage arms to psi (241 bars) applied. To shift the sleeve up, a
“HB-3” Selective
expand second “HB-3” is typically run above the Power
Shifting Tool • Low actuation pressure required to expand Stroker. This force is achieved by manipulating the
Product No. 811-98 linkage coiled tubing.
• Linkage system exerts maximum radial force
when extended and latched into sleeve insert FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Small run in OD • Applies 17,500 lbs / 7936 kg of force, using 3500
• Wash ports under linkage arms allow debris to psi / 241 bars
be washed away • Runs on standard coiled tubing
• Can be run in tandum to shift up and down in • Can open and close more than one sleeve per
one trip run, utilizing tandem “HB-3s”
• Emergency shear release
• Will not locate in a profile until 1000 psi / 69 bars
is applied – this allows the “HB-3” to locate the
“HB-3” SELECTIVE SHIFTING TOOL sleeve
PRODUCT NO. 811-98 • Has a self-cleaning filter, so the fluid in the piston
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
area of the tool is always clean
Tool Size OD Shifts Sleeve Sizes • Slimline OD for maximum bypass when running
In. In. In.
mm mm mm
POWER STROKER, PRODUCT NO. 811-28
3-1/2 2.50 2.56 - 2.75 - 2.81 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
88,9 63,5 65,0 - 69,8 - 71,3
Maximum OD In. / mm 3.00 76,2
3.43 - 3.68
4-1/2 4-1/2 87,1 - 93,4 Minimum ID In. / mm 0.50 12,7

114,3 76,2 3.75 - 3.81 Maximum Working Pressure (psi / bars) 5000 345
95,2 - 96,7 Normal Operational Pressure (psi / bars) 3500 241
Down Force at 3500 psi (lbs / kg) 17,500 7936
Power Piston Area (sq. in. / sq. mm) 5.00 3,225

Power Stroker
Tensile Through The Tool (lbs / kg) 80,000 36,281
Product No. 811-28 Required Tension f/ Shear Release (lbs / kg) 25,000 11,338

104
 FISHING SERVICES

STANDARD AND LOCKABLE DEPLOYMENT BAR

SWIVEL SUB Product No. 330-66
Product Nos. 132-64 & 132-65 Baker manufactures a comprehensive
The Thru-Tubing Lockable Swivel is de- line of Coiled Tubing Deployment Bars.
signed to simplify and reduce the time Deployment Bars are used to provide a
required to make up coiled tubing convenient, safe means of handling
workstrings. The swivel provides a means Coiled Tubing BHAs at surface. To bet-
of making up the tool string to the coil ter expedite handling, the bars become
tubing connector by simply rotating at part of the BHA; therefore have high
the swivel rather then rotating the tool tensile and torsional capabilities. The
string. Once the tool is made up, the bars are available in the most commonly
rotational locking mechanism of the Lock- used small diameter connections.
ing Swivel can be engaged and the tool
string will be locked rotationally.
The Lockable Swivel or Swivel Sub is DEPLOYMENT BAR
normally run just below the coil tubing PRODUCT NO. 330-66
connector. SPECIFICATION GUIDE
For tool strings that do not require a OD Top Bottom
rotation lock a standard Swivel Sub may In. mm Thread Thread
be used. 1.69 1,25 1" AM MT Box 1" AM MT Pin
2.13 1,50 1-1/2" AM MT Box 1-1/2" AM MT Pin
FEATURES/BENEFITS
2.88 1,75 2-3/8" PAC DSI 2-3/8" PAC DSI
• Simple design
• Simplifies picking up BHAs
Standard Swivel Sub
• Teflon backed O-rings Product No. 132-64
• Two piece bearings

STANDARD SWIVEL SUB

PRODUCT NO. 132-64
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Standard
In. mm Connection
1.69 42,9 1 AM MT
2.13 54,1 1-1/2 AM MT

LOCKABLE SWIVEL SUB

PRODUCT NO. 132-65
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Standard
In. mm Connection
1.69 42,9 1 AM MT
2.13 54,1 1-1/2 AM MT
2.88 73,1 2-3/8 PAC DSI
3.13 79,4 2-3/8 PAC DSI

Deployment Bar Lockable Swivel Sub

Product No. 330-66 Product No. 132-65

105
 FISHING SERVICES

SPINNING WASH TOOL

Product No. 132-66
The Spinning Wash Tool has a high speed wash head running on two sets
of sealed bearings. The two jetted blades efficiently clear loose scale, sand,
and debris reducing drag on tubing during run in and out of the well. This
increases working depth capabilities, particularly in highly deviated wellbores.
Additionally this tool may be used to impregnate scales with acid or other
inhibitors. Also many different corrosives, neutralizers, and other fluids may
be circulated as the bearing assemblies are isolated.
The tool is capable of pressures commonly used with coil and snubbing
operations and is strong enough to withstand spudding techniques typically
used in sand washing.
FEATURES/BENEFITS
• High speed rotation
• Sealed bearings
• May be run with a variety of fluids
• Can be run on coiled tubing or conventional threaded pipe

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Length Standard
In. In. Connection
mm mm
1.44 15.75 3/4" CS Hydril
36,6 400,0
1.69 14.75 1" MT
42,9 374,6
1.75 14.75 1" MT
44,5 374,6
2.25 19.75 1-1/2" MT
57,2 374,6

Spinning Wash Tool

Product No. 132-66

106
 FISHING SERVICES

HYDRATIGHT TONGS
The Hydratight Tongs are designed to work in close quarters
to obtain recommended makeup torque on tool joints and
tubing connections. The Power Pack is an air driven
hydraulic unit which requires 90 psi (6,2 bars)at 110 cft/m.
The remote control unit is complete with air hoses and quick
disconnect couplings. Maximum torque is 10,000 ft/lb with
a maximum catch range from 2-1/4" OD to 4-3/4" OD.
The tongs can be dressed with standard carbarized dies
or special soft touch fiber dies, which reduce the risk of any
damage to the tubulars or tubular coatings. With the fiber
dies, the maximum working OD is 3-3/4" and 10,000 ft/lb
(13600 Nm) of torque. Variable heads are also available
which will catch on tubulars with up to 1-1/2" variance in OD
without changing the heads.

FEATURES/BENEFITS
• Uses rig air
• Can be controlled by remote
• Compact design
• Easily converted to different catch ranges

THRU-TUBING FISHING
TOOLS CONTAINER
The Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools Container is designed and
manufactured in accordance with BS 7072: 989 and DNV
“Offshore Freight Container Design and Certification Notes
2.7-1.” The container is supplied with slings and shackles
with the applicable offshore certification.
The container is supplied with a heavy duty work bench,
horizontal mill, sub storage rack, wall storage rack, “C” vice,
chain vice, Wolf Turbolite (airlight), a two-piece pressure
test module, and chart recorder.
The tools supplied will consist of a comprehensive
compliment of tools required for proposed operations as
well as fishing tools for proposed BHAs.

107
 FISHING SERVICES
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing
and Circulating Overshot
Itco Type Bowen
Releasing Spear
108
BOWEN TOOLS, INC.
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot is the strongest tool
available to externally engage, pack-off, and pull a fish. The basic simplicity and
rugged construction with which it is designed have made it the standard of all external
catch fishing tools.
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot is composed of three
outside parts: top sub, bowl, and guide. The Basic Overshot may be dressed with
either of two sets of internal parts depending on whether the fish to be caught is near
maximum size for the particular overshot.
Some special conditions apply. If the fish diameter is near the maximum catch of
the Overshot, a Spiral Grapple, Spiral Grapple Control, and “A” Packer are used. If
the fish diameter is considerably below maximum catch size (usually 1/2"), a Basket
Grapple and a Mil Control Packer are used.
Bowen Lubricated Fishing Bumper Sub
Bowen Lubricated Fishing Bumper Subs are engineered to withstand sustained
bumping action in severe fishing and deep workover operations. The tools permit a
10" to 18" vertical stroke, either upward or downward, that is always available whether
rotating or not. Tools with strokes greater than 18" to 60" are available on request at
extra cost.
A fishing string made up properly always includes a dependable Bumper Sub.
This is absolutely mandatory when the fishing job is severe, or includes tools which
require sharp bumping action to actuate or release them.
Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear
Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spears provide a dependable, inexpensive, and simple
means of engaging a fish internally. These spears assure positive engagement, easy
release from the fish when desired, and easy reengagement after the spear has been
released
The Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear consists of a Mandrel, Grapple, Release
Ring, and Nut. The Mandrel may be obtained in either a Flush Type or a Shoulder
Type. Mandrel Top connections are furnished to order. The nut can be obtained as
a plain bull-nose guide or with a pin connection for the attachment of other tools below
the spear.
 FISHING SERVICES

BOWEN TOOLS, INC. (Cont.)

Power Swivels
All of Bowen’s Power Swivels are engineered to provide smooth shock-free torque, which reduces drillstring wear. Using a
Bowen Power Swivel, in most applications, eliminates spinning chains, tongs, and kelly spinners. This permits drilling in longer
drillstring lengths before shutting down to add pipe which reduces start-ups and stops. Consequently a reduction in start-ups/stops
helps to reduce wear of pump, drawworks, and overall rig equipment.
Bowen offers a complete line of Power Swivels. They range from small portable units used mostly for light workovers to models
capable of 20,000 plus ft/lbs (27200 Nm) of torque designed for deep well drilling or large piling hole work. This broad spectrum
of available equipment allows selection of units suited to the requirements of most jobs. Tailor-made units with speeds and torque
ratings suited for any job are also available.
Custom made hardened steel gears and conservatively rated bearings are standard on most models. Control Assemblies may
be air, electric, or uniblock (hydraulic). They are mounted on portable stands which may be remotely located away from the power
unit. Calibrated torque gauges are standard. Power Swivels are furnished with a bail, circulating gooseneck, and wireline access
plug.

109
 FISHING SERVICES

BOWEN TOOLS, INC. (Cont.)

Bowen Super Fishing Jar
The Bowen Super Fishing Jar is a straight-pull operated jar which employs a patented
combination of proven principles of hydraulics and mechanics. This jar is easy to
assemble and the unique design allows for easy operation.
No setting or adjustment is required before going in the hole or after the fish has
been engaged. The Bowen Super Fishing Jar is designed to permit the operator to
efficiently control the intensity of the jarring blow within a wide range — a very light
impact to a blow of very high impact.
The unique impact control of the Bowen Super Fishing Jar is made possible by the
patented cone assembly. As pull is applied to the jar, oil is forced from one side of the
cone to the other through a metering slot. By being forced through a restricted
passage, the fluid flow is retarded in such a manner that the stroke is delayed so the
operator has ample time to take the necessary stretch in the running string (and Super
Intensifier, when it is used) to strike a blow of given impact.
Another important feature of the Super Fishing Jar is the ease of closing or
resetting. Only sufficient weight to overcome friction is required. Closing is free of any
danger of causing damage to the tool since the metering action does not take place
during resetting. During resetting, large ports are appending to the cone assembly
allowing unimpeded flow of fluid from one cavity to the other.

Bowen Jar Intensifiers

The Bowen Jar Intensifier is run in conjunction with the Bowen Jar, either the Bowen
Type Z Oil Jar, or Super Fishing Jar. It supplies acceleration to the upper-end of the
Jar and lower portion of the workstring during the jarring stroke.
Each Bowen Jar Intensifier is designed to match a corresponding Bowen Rotary
Jar. The intensifier is essentially a fluid spring which stores energy when a strain is
pulled on the running string. When the strain is removed by the free stroke of the jar,
this stored energy is released accelerating the drill collars and jar end upward until a
blow of high impact is struck.
The Bowen Jar Intensifier is particularly valuable in deep, crooked holes where
much of the stretch of the string is lost in friction. The tool is equally valuable at very
shallow depths where very little stretch is available due to the short working string.
Excessive numbers of drill collars should not be used when the intensifier is in use. A
secondary advantage of the rebounding string after the jarring stroke is the protection
of tools and string from damage.
Full torque may be transmitted by the intensifier at all times in either direction, and
full circulation may be maintained through the tool.
Operation of the tool is very simple requiring only straight pull as rapidly or as slowly
as required for the operation.

The Bowen Surface Bumper Jar

The Bowen Surface Bumper Jar is designed to be installed in the drillstring at the
surface during fishing operations. This requires downward jarring impacts against a
fish at the point where it is stuck. By a simple adjustment it may be set to vary the jarring
force. The stroke of the tool is 48 inches, allowing the fish to be hammered down much
farther than could be done with a conventional rotary jar.
This tool provides many other outstanding advantages. It is unique in that it is used
only on the surface to release a stuck fish. Due to this intermittent usage, the service
Bowen Super Fishing Jar life of this tool is greatly extended when compared with conventional bumper subs.

110
 FISHING SERVICES

HOUSTON ENGINEERING, INC.

HE PULLMASTER
HYDRAULIC PULLING TOOL
The HE Pullmaster is designed to pull
liners, packers, or other objects when
workstring or surface equipment has lim-
ited pulling capabilities.
The Pullmaster consists of a control
valve, an anchor section, and pulling
section. The control valve section per-
mits the release of the slips and pull
regardless of the hydrostatic differential.
The anchor section has piston slips that
provide sufficient holding area to trans-
mit the pull without deforming the casing.
The pull section exerts a multiplied pull-
ing force over a 30" stroke.
Any type of engaging tool may be
used with the Pullmaster.

HE Pullmaster

111
 FISHING SERVICES

HOUSTON ENGINEERING, INC. (CONT.)

HE “DH” RELEASABLE WASHOVER
EXTERNAL TUBING CUTTER
The “DH” Cutter is designed to washover, cut, and recover
stuck tubing in lengths up to 1500 ft. Unlike most external
cutters, the initial run with a rotary shoe and washover pipe is
eliminated. The “DH” Cutter is also the only releasable
external cutter. The cutter is operated mechanically and is not
affected by temperature, hydrostatic pressures, or fluid move-
ment.

“AH” - “AJ” MODEL

REVERSING TOOLS
The Houston Engineers’ “AH” - “AJ” Model Reversing Tools
are used to unscrew and recover sections of right-hand
strings of pipe that are stuck in a wellbore. Using the
Reversing Tool on right-hand drill pipe or tubing eliminates
the need for a complete string of left-hand pipe to recover lost
tubing or drill pipe.
The Reversing Tool is a combination of planetary gearing
and anchoring systems. It is capable of converting right-hand
torque from surface to a powerful left-hand torque below the
tool to the fish. Because the tool is mechanically operated, it
is possible to washdown and wireline through the tool.
The Reversing Tool must be anchored in casing, if the fish
is in open hole left-hand pipe must be run below the Revers-
ing Tool.

“DH” Releasable Washover “AJ” Model

External Tubing Cutter Reversing Tool

112
 FISHING SERVICES

HOUSTON ENGINEERING, INC. (CONT.)

HE FISHING BUMPER SUB
The HE Fishing Bumper Sub is an economical rugged
bumper-sub designed to endure extremely tough downhole
use. It incorporates optimum stroke, torque transmission,
and improved life. The free travel of the sub is used to jar
down on a fish and to isolate a fishing tool from the drillstring.
Drill collars may be run below the Bumper Sub when a
precise weight is required for a downhole operation.

"TMC" HYDRAULIC JAR

The HE "TMC" Hydraulic Jar is the newest development in
the HE family of effective hydraulic jars. The "TMC" Jar adds
the advantage of a closed drive system that is not open to the
well fluid, where that use is appropriate.

HE MAGNUM ™ DRILLING
ACCELERATOR ® TOOL
The HE Magnum Drilling Accelerator Tool is a gas operated
energy accumulator tool used to increase jar impact. The tool
is nitrogen gas charged to provide fast acceleration of the drill
collar mass resulting in higher impact. The accelerator also
acts as a shock absorber on the up shock waves that are
transmitted vertically in jarring strings.
Houston Engineers also manufacture a double acting
Hydraulic Accelerator. (No illustration shown.)

Lubricated Bumper "TMC" Hydraulic Jar

Sub Type EBL

113
 FISHING SERVICES / LOCATIONS
WORLD
HEADQUARTERS
9100 Emmott Road
Houston, TX 77040
P. O. Box 40129
Houston, TX 77240-0129
Telephone: (713) 466-1322
Fax: (713) 466-2314
WESTERN
HEMISPHERE
ALASKA
Anchorage
4710 Business Park Blvd.
Suite 36
Anchorage, AK 99503
Tel: 907-561-1939
Fax: 907-563-0385
Kenai
Mill 26.5 N. North Road
Nikiski, AK 99635
Tel: 907-776-8791
Fax: 907-776-5624
Prudhoe Bay
Spine Road
Pouch 340036
Prudhoe Bay, AK 99734
Tel: 907-659-2467
Fax: 907-659-2276
ARKANSAS
Magnolia
P.O. Box 406
1708 N Vine @ Waldo Hwy
Magnolia, AR 71753
Tel: 501-234-5571
Fax: 501-234-2859
CALIFORNIA
Bakersfield
4230 Foster Ave.
Bakersfield, CA 93308
Tel: 805-327-7201
Fax: 805-324-5296
Huntington Beach
5501 Engineer Dr.
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Tel: 714-891-8544
Fax: 714-893-1041
Imperial
220 E. Baroni
Imperial, CA 92251
Tel: 619-355-2828
Fax: 619-355-2820
CANADA
Calgary
1300 401-9th Ave S W
Calgary, Alberta
T2P3C58 Canada
Tel: 403-296-9600
Fax: 403-296-9688
Edmonton
2110 -70 Avenue NW
Edmonton, Alberta
T6P IN6 Canada
Tel: 403-440-2110
Fax: 403-440-4909
Brooks
620-1 Avenue, East
P O Box 1357
Brooks Alberta
T1R 1C3 Canada
Tel: 403-362-4232
Fax: 403-362-8159
Grand Prairie
11456 96th Avenue SW
Grand Prairie, Alberta
T8V 5M4 Canada
Tel: 403-539-6700
Fax: 403-539-6352
Red Deer
Bay 2, 6879 52nd Avenue
Red Deer, Alberta
T4N 4L2 Canada
Tel: 403-340-3500
Fax: 403-341-3703
114
Whitecourt
3702-37 Avenue
Whitecourt, Alberta
T0E 2L0 Canada
Tel: 403-778-4103
Fax: 403-778-4474
ILLINOIS
Olney
PO Box 280
700-A West Lafayette
Olney, IL 62450
Tel: 618-395-2179
Fax: 618-392-3375
LOUISIANA
Bossier City
4907 Hazel Jones Dr
Bossier City, LA 71111
Tel: 318-746-3800
Fax: 318-742-5827
Houma
3175 Little Bayou Black Rd.
Houma, LA 70364
Tel: 504-876-1097
Fax: 504-876-3756
Houma (Whipstock)
P.O. Box 3914
3030 Little Bayou Black Rd
Houma, LA 70361
Tel: 504-872-1475
Fax: 504-872-0111
Lake Charles
5432 E. Broad St
Lake Charles, LA 70601
Tel: 318-433-4652
Fax: 318-433-7427
Morgan City
P.O. Box 2177
Hwy 90 East
Morgan City, LA 70380
Tel: 504-631-2161
Fax: 504-631-2956
New Iberia
P.O. Box 10125
3915 Hwy. 90 East
New Iberia, LA 70560
Tel: 318-369-3731
Fax: 318-364-2418
Ruston
P O Box 100
2016 Farmerville Hwy
Ruston, LA 71270
Tel: 318-255-5214
Fax: 318-255-2140
Venice
P O Box 240
Hwy 23 South
Venice, LA 70091
Tel: 504-534-2363
Fax. 504-534-7319
MICHIGAN
Mt Pleasant
P O Box 508
1950 Commercial Dr
Mt Pleasant, MI 48858
Tel: 517-772-1600
Fax: 517-772-0928
NEW MEXICO
Farmington
2795 Inland Street
Farmington, NM 87401
Tel: 505-327-3266
Fax: 505-327-4497
OHIO
Wooster
5690 Cleveland Rd
Wooster, OH 44691
Tel: 216-345-1744
Fax: 216-345-1877
OKLAHOMA
Elk City
110 Meadowridge Drive
Elk City, OK 73644
Tel: 405-243-3424
Fax: 405-243-3429
Oklahoma City
LATIN AMERICA CHINA
6421 S Sooner Rd Shekou
Oklahoma City, OK 73135 MEXICO Baker Hughes Incorporated
Tel: 405-670-5203 Villahermosa Shekou Representative Office
Fax: 405-670-1644
Baker Hughes de Mexico 2/f Chiwan Building
Ratliff City AV. 27 DeFebrero 1737 Chiwan Petrolem Supply Base
P O Box 250 Col. Atastal Shekou, Shenzhen
Ratliff City, OK 73081 Villahermosa, Tab 86100 PRC
Tel: 405-856-3472 Tel: 52-93-152618 Tel: 86-755-669-1294
Fax: 405-856-4052 Fax: 52-93-150580 Fax: 86-755-669-3852
MISSISSIPPI Ciudad Del Carmen INDONESIA
Baker Hughes de Mexico
Laurel Calle 31 No 244 Jakarta
P.O. Box 2217 Col. Aviacion Civil PT Imeco Sarana
3038 Ellisville Blvd. CD Del Carmen JL Ampera Raya Kav 9-10
Laurel, MS 39440 Jakarta, Indonesia 12550
Camp. 24170 Mexico
Tel: 601-428-1571 Tel: 52-938-23224 Fax: 62-21-780-7885
Fax: 601-426-2076 Fax: 52-938-24135 Tel: 62-21-780-5432/780-5421
Balikpapan
PENNSYLVANIA VENEZUELA Baker Oil Tools
Corry Anaco c/o P T Gema Baker Nusantara
13255 Route 6-W Baker Hughes de Venezuela JL Mulawarman KM16
P O Box 214 Avenida José A Anzoategui Balikpapan76115
Corry PA 16407 Kilometro 98 East Kalimantan
Tel: 814-664-9131 Anaco, Edo Anzoategui, Tel: 62-542-24391
Fax: 814-664-5445 Venezuela Fax: 62-542-35068
Tel: 58-82-246-664
TEXAS Fax: 58-82-247-743 Singapore
Alice Baker Oil Tools Asia Pacific
2406 Industrial Drive Las Morochas 273 Jalan Ahmad Ibrahim,
Alice, TX 78332 Baker Hughes De Venezuela Singapore 2262
Tel: 512-664-2220 Avenida Intercomunal, Campo Tel: 65-861-3455
Fax: 512-664-2223 Baker Fax: 65-861-0050/861-3163
Las Morochas, Edo. Zuila,
Venezuela Thailand
Beaumont
Baker Oil Tools
6810 S Major Dr Tel: 58-65-310271
Beaumont, TX 77705 Fax: 58-65-310895 92/47 Moo2
Tambon kaoroopchang
Tel: 409-866-2335
Fax: 409-842-5327 Karnchanavanich Road
MIDDLE EAST Amhur Muang
Kilgore Songkhla 90000
Abu Dhabi
2306 Hwy 135 N Baker Eastern S A Thailand
P O Box 673 Tel: 66-74324-281
P O Box 7621
Kilgore, TX 75662-0673 Abu Dhabi, U A E Fax: 66-74324-831
Tel: 903-984-5001
Tel: 971-2-773200
Fax: 903-983-2437 Fax: 971-2-722483 EUROPE/AFRICA
Midland/Odessa
10912 W. Hwy 80 E
Dubai OPERATIONS
Baker Oil Tools
Odessa, TX 79765 Jabel Ali Free Zone GERMANY
Tel: 915-563-1900 Office B17 Celle
Fax: 915-563-3625
Jebel All, U AE Graffring 9 29227
Tel: 971-4-836322 Celle, Germany
Palestine
Hwy 79 West Fax: 971-4-836488 Tel: 49-5141-98870
Fax: 49-5141-988729
P.O. Box 528 Egypt
Palestine, TX 75801-0528
Baker Eastern S A / ENGLAND
Tel: 903-538-2011 TSOT Egypt
Fax: 903-538-2782 Great Yarmouth
21 Road 263 Corner 281 Eurocntre, North River Rd
Third Sector New Maadi
Pearland Great Yarmouth
3809 Magnolia St Cairo, Egypt
Norfolk, NR3O ITE
Pearland, TX 77584 Tel: 202-352-1651
Fax: 202-353-3638
England
Tel: 281-485-8341 Tel: 44-1493-332212
Fax:281-997-2477
Oman Fax: 44-1493-852294
Victoria Baker Eastern S.A.
128 Stockbauer Dr c/o Amran Establishment NORWAY
Victoria, TX 77904 P O Box 919 Stavanger
Tel: 512-575-6468 Muscat, Oman Breiflåtveien 15,
Fax: 512-576-5967 Tel: 968-601717 4004 Stavager, Norway
Fax: 968-697570 Tel: 47-51-589050
WEST VIRGINIA Fax: 47-51-586148
Clarksburg ASIA PACIFIC Baker Oil Tools
Old Route 50 Kakstadveien 38
Sun Valley Rd AUSTRALIA 5061 Kokstad
Clarksburg, WV 26301 Sale Bergen Norway
Tel: 304-624-7621 Dawson Street Tel: 47-5-228370
Fax: 304-624-9360 Sale, Victoria 3850 Fax: 47-5-228930
Australia
WYOMING Tel: 61-51-442-4296 SCOTLAND
Evanston Fax: 61-51-44-966
Dyce
1259 Hwy 89 North Kirkhill Industrail Estates
Perth
Evanston, WY 82930-0957 1-5 Bell Street, Dyce, Aberdeen AB2 OGY
Tel: 307-789-4800 Canning Vale, W Australia 6155 Scotland
Fax: 307-789-2027 Tel: 61-9-455-0155 Tel: 44-224-223500
Rock Springs Fax: 61-9-455-1117 Fax: 44-224-771575
705 Mohawk Drive
Brunei THE NETHERLANDS
Rock Springs, WY 82901 No 2769 Jalan Bolkiah
Tel: 307-362-6233 Imjuiden
P O Box 541 Seria 7005
Amperestraat 1F
Fax: 307-382-3590 Brunei, Darussalam
1976 BE, Ijmuiden
Tel: 673-3-223-273
Fax: 673-3-224-160 The Netherlands
Tel: 31-2550-33654
Fax; 31-2550-33643